xref: /vim-8.2.3635/src/ex_cmds.c (revision a6c27c47)
1 /* vi:set ts=8 sts=4 sw=4 noet:
2  *
3  * VIM - Vi IMproved	by Bram Moolenaar
4  *
5  * Do ":help uganda"  in Vim to read copying and usage conditions.
6  * Do ":help credits" in Vim to see a list of people who contributed.
7  * See README.txt for an overview of the Vim source code.
8  */
9 
10 /*
11  * ex_cmds.c: some functions for command line commands
12  */
13 
14 #include "vim.h"
15 #include "version.h"
16 
17 #ifdef FEAT_FLOAT
18 # include <float.h>
19 #endif
20 
21 static int linelen(int *has_tab);
22 static void do_filter(linenr_T line1, linenr_T line2, exarg_T *eap, char_u *cmd, int do_in, int do_out);
23 #ifdef FEAT_VIMINFO
24 static char_u *viminfo_filename(char_u	*);
25 static void do_viminfo(FILE *fp_in, FILE *fp_out, int flags);
26 static int viminfo_encoding(vir_T *virp);
27 static int read_viminfo_up_to_marks(vir_T *virp, int forceit, int writing);
28 #endif
29 
30 static int check_readonly(int *forceit, buf_T *buf);
31 static void delbuf_msg(char_u *name);
32 static int help_compare(const void *s1, const void *s2);
33 static void prepare_help_buffer(void);
34 
35 /*
36  * ":ascii" and "ga".
37  */
38     void
39 do_ascii(exarg_T *eap UNUSED)
40 {
41     int		c;
42     int		cval;
43     char	buf1[20];
44     char	buf2[20];
45     char_u	buf3[7];
46 #ifdef FEAT_DIGRAPHS
47     char_u      *dig;
48 #endif
49     int		cc[MAX_MCO];
50     int		ci = 0;
51     int		len;
52 
53     if (enc_utf8)
54 	c = utfc_ptr2char(ml_get_cursor(), cc);
55     else
56 	c = gchar_cursor();
57     if (c == NUL)
58     {
59 	msg("NUL");
60 	return;
61     }
62 
63     IObuff[0] = NUL;
64     if (!has_mbyte || (enc_dbcs != 0 && c < 0x100) || c < 0x80)
65     {
66 	if (c == NL)	    /* NUL is stored as NL */
67 	    c = NUL;
68 	if (c == CAR && get_fileformat(curbuf) == EOL_MAC)
69 	    cval = NL;	    /* NL is stored as CR */
70 	else
71 	    cval = c;
72 	if (vim_isprintc_strict(c) && (c < ' '
73 #ifndef EBCDIC
74 		    || c > '~'
75 #endif
76 			       ))
77 	{
78 	    transchar_nonprint(buf3, c);
79 	    vim_snprintf(buf1, sizeof(buf1), "  <%s>", (char *)buf3);
80 	}
81 	else
82 	    buf1[0] = NUL;
83 #ifndef EBCDIC
84 	if (c >= 0x80)
85 	    vim_snprintf(buf2, sizeof(buf2), "  <M-%s>",
86 						 (char *)transchar(c & 0x7f));
87 	else
88 #endif
89 	    buf2[0] = NUL;
90 #ifdef FEAT_DIGRAPHS
91 	dig = get_digraph_for_char(cval);
92 	if (dig != NULL)
93 	    vim_snprintf((char *)IObuff, IOSIZE,
94 		_("<%s>%s%s  %d,  Hex %02x,  Oct %03o, Digr %s"),
95 			      transchar(c), buf1, buf2, cval, cval, cval, dig);
96 	else
97 #endif
98 	    vim_snprintf((char *)IObuff, IOSIZE,
99 		_("<%s>%s%s  %d,  Hex %02x,  Octal %03o"),
100 				  transchar(c), buf1, buf2, cval, cval, cval);
101 	if (enc_utf8)
102 	    c = cc[ci++];
103 	else
104 	    c = 0;
105     }
106 
107     /* Repeat for combining characters. */
108     while (has_mbyte && (c >= 0x100 || (enc_utf8 && c >= 0x80)))
109     {
110 	len = (int)STRLEN(IObuff);
111 	/* This assumes every multi-byte char is printable... */
112 	if (len > 0)
113 	    IObuff[len++] = ' ';
114 	IObuff[len++] = '<';
115 	if (enc_utf8 && utf_iscomposing(c)
116 # ifdef USE_GUI
117 		&& !gui.in_use
118 # endif
119 		)
120 	    IObuff[len++] = ' '; /* draw composing char on top of a space */
121 	len += (*mb_char2bytes)(c, IObuff + len);
122 #ifdef FEAT_DIGRAPHS
123 	dig = get_digraph_for_char(c);
124 	if (dig != NULL)
125 	    vim_snprintf((char *)IObuff + len, IOSIZE - len,
126 			c < 0x10000 ? _("> %d, Hex %04x, Oct %o, Digr %s")
127 				    : _("> %d, Hex %08x, Oct %o, Digr %s"),
128 					c, c, c, dig);
129 	else
130 #endif
131 	    vim_snprintf((char *)IObuff + len, IOSIZE - len,
132 			 c < 0x10000 ? _("> %d, Hex %04x, Octal %o")
133 				     : _("> %d, Hex %08x, Octal %o"),
134 				     c, c, c);
135 	if (ci == MAX_MCO)
136 	    break;
137 	if (enc_utf8)
138 	    c = cc[ci++];
139 	else
140 	    c = 0;
141     }
142 
143     msg((char *)IObuff);
144 }
145 
146 /*
147  * ":left", ":center" and ":right": align text.
148  */
149     void
150 ex_align(exarg_T *eap)
151 {
152     pos_T	save_curpos;
153     int		len;
154     int		indent = 0;
155     int		new_indent;
156     int		has_tab;
157     int		width;
158 
159 #ifdef FEAT_RIGHTLEFT
160     if (curwin->w_p_rl)
161     {
162 	/* switch left and right aligning */
163 	if (eap->cmdidx == CMD_right)
164 	    eap->cmdidx = CMD_left;
165 	else if (eap->cmdidx == CMD_left)
166 	    eap->cmdidx = CMD_right;
167     }
168 #endif
169 
170     width = atoi((char *)eap->arg);
171     save_curpos = curwin->w_cursor;
172     if (eap->cmdidx == CMD_left)    /* width is used for new indent */
173     {
174 	if (width >= 0)
175 	    indent = width;
176     }
177     else
178     {
179 	/*
180 	 * if 'textwidth' set, use it
181 	 * else if 'wrapmargin' set, use it
182 	 * if invalid value, use 80
183 	 */
184 	if (width <= 0)
185 	    width = curbuf->b_p_tw;
186 	if (width == 0 && curbuf->b_p_wm > 0)
187 	    width = curwin->w_width - curbuf->b_p_wm;
188 	if (width <= 0)
189 	    width = 80;
190     }
191 
192     if (u_save((linenr_T)(eap->line1 - 1), (linenr_T)(eap->line2 + 1)) == FAIL)
193 	return;
194 
195     for (curwin->w_cursor.lnum = eap->line1;
196 		 curwin->w_cursor.lnum <= eap->line2; ++curwin->w_cursor.lnum)
197     {
198 	if (eap->cmdidx == CMD_left)		/* left align */
199 	    new_indent = indent;
200 	else
201 	{
202 	    has_tab = FALSE;	/* avoid uninit warnings */
203 	    len = linelen(eap->cmdidx == CMD_right ? &has_tab
204 						   : NULL) - get_indent();
205 
206 	    if (len <= 0)			/* skip blank lines */
207 		continue;
208 
209 	    if (eap->cmdidx == CMD_center)
210 		new_indent = (width - len) / 2;
211 	    else
212 	    {
213 		new_indent = width - len;	/* right align */
214 
215 		/*
216 		 * Make sure that embedded TABs don't make the text go too far
217 		 * to the right.
218 		 */
219 		if (has_tab)
220 		    while (new_indent > 0)
221 		    {
222 			(void)set_indent(new_indent, 0);
223 			if (linelen(NULL) <= width)
224 			{
225 			    /*
226 			     * Now try to move the line as much as possible to
227 			     * the right.  Stop when it moves too far.
228 			     */
229 			    do
230 				(void)set_indent(++new_indent, 0);
231 			    while (linelen(NULL) <= width);
232 			    --new_indent;
233 			    break;
234 			}
235 			--new_indent;
236 		    }
237 	    }
238 	}
239 	if (new_indent < 0)
240 	    new_indent = 0;
241 	(void)set_indent(new_indent, 0);		/* set indent */
242     }
243     changed_lines(eap->line1, 0, eap->line2 + 1, 0L);
244     curwin->w_cursor = save_curpos;
245     beginline(BL_WHITE | BL_FIX);
246 }
247 
248 /*
249  * Get the length of the current line, excluding trailing white space.
250  */
251     static int
252 linelen(int *has_tab)
253 {
254     char_u  *line;
255     char_u  *first;
256     char_u  *last;
257     int	    save;
258     int	    len;
259 
260     /* find the first non-blank character */
261     line = ml_get_curline();
262     first = skipwhite(line);
263 
264     /* find the character after the last non-blank character */
265     for (last = first + STRLEN(first);
266 				last > first && VIM_ISWHITE(last[-1]); --last)
267 	;
268     save = *last;
269     *last = NUL;
270     len = linetabsize(line);		/* get line length */
271     if (has_tab != NULL)		/* check for embedded TAB */
272 	*has_tab = (vim_strchr(first, TAB) != NULL);
273     *last = save;
274 
275     return len;
276 }
277 
278 /* Buffer for two lines used during sorting.  They are allocated to
279  * contain the longest line being sorted. */
280 static char_u	*sortbuf1;
281 static char_u	*sortbuf2;
282 
283 static int	sort_ic;	/* ignore case */
284 static int	sort_nr;	/* sort on number */
285 static int	sort_rx;	/* sort on regex instead of skipping it */
286 #ifdef FEAT_FLOAT
287 static int	sort_flt;	/* sort on floating number */
288 #endif
289 
290 static int	sort_abort;	/* flag to indicate if sorting has been interrupted */
291 
292 /* Struct to store info to be sorted. */
293 typedef struct
294 {
295     linenr_T	lnum;			// line number
296     union {
297 	struct
298 	{
299 	    varnumber_T	start_col_nr;	// starting column number
300 	    varnumber_T	end_col_nr;	// ending column number
301 	} line;
302 	struct
303 	{
304 	    varnumber_T	value;		// value if sorting by integer
305 	    int is_number;		// TRUE when line contains a number
306 	} num;
307 #ifdef FEAT_FLOAT
308 	float_T value_flt;		// value if sorting by float
309 #endif
310     } st_u;
311 } sorti_T;
312 
313 static int sort_compare(const void *s1, const void *s2);
314 
315     static int
316 sort_compare(const void *s1, const void *s2)
317 {
318     sorti_T	l1 = *(sorti_T *)s1;
319     sorti_T	l2 = *(sorti_T *)s2;
320     int		result = 0;
321 
322     /* If the user interrupts, there's no way to stop qsort() immediately, but
323      * if we return 0 every time, qsort will assume it's done sorting and
324      * exit. */
325     if (sort_abort)
326 	return 0;
327     fast_breakcheck();
328     if (got_int)
329 	sort_abort = TRUE;
330 
331     if (sort_nr)
332     {
333 	if (l1.st_u.num.is_number != l2.st_u.num.is_number)
334 	    result = l1.st_u.num.is_number - l2.st_u.num.is_number;
335 	else
336 	    result = l1.st_u.num.value == l2.st_u.num.value ? 0
337 			     : l1.st_u.num.value > l2.st_u.num.value ? 1 : -1;
338     }
339 #ifdef FEAT_FLOAT
340     else if (sort_flt)
341 	result = l1.st_u.value_flt == l2.st_u.value_flt ? 0
342 			     : l1.st_u.value_flt > l2.st_u.value_flt ? 1 : -1;
343 #endif
344     else
345     {
346 	/* We need to copy one line into "sortbuf1", because there is no
347 	 * guarantee that the first pointer becomes invalid when obtaining the
348 	 * second one. */
349 	STRNCPY(sortbuf1, ml_get(l1.lnum) + l1.st_u.line.start_col_nr,
350 		     l1.st_u.line.end_col_nr - l1.st_u.line.start_col_nr + 1);
351 	sortbuf1[l1.st_u.line.end_col_nr - l1.st_u.line.start_col_nr] = 0;
352 	STRNCPY(sortbuf2, ml_get(l2.lnum) + l2.st_u.line.start_col_nr,
353 		     l2.st_u.line.end_col_nr - l2.st_u.line.start_col_nr + 1);
354 	sortbuf2[l2.st_u.line.end_col_nr - l2.st_u.line.start_col_nr] = 0;
355 
356 	result = sort_ic ? STRICMP(sortbuf1, sortbuf2)
357 						 : STRCMP(sortbuf1, sortbuf2);
358     }
359 
360     /* If two lines have the same value, preserve the original line order. */
361     if (result == 0)
362 	return (int)(l1.lnum - l2.lnum);
363     return result;
364 }
365 
366 /*
367  * ":sort".
368  */
369     void
370 ex_sort(exarg_T *eap)
371 {
372     regmatch_T	regmatch;
373     int		len;
374     linenr_T	lnum;
375     long	maxlen = 0;
376     sorti_T	*nrs;
377     size_t	count = (size_t)(eap->line2 - eap->line1 + 1);
378     size_t	i;
379     char_u	*p;
380     char_u	*s;
381     char_u	*s2;
382     char_u	c;			/* temporary character storage */
383     int		unique = FALSE;
384     long	deleted;
385     colnr_T	start_col;
386     colnr_T	end_col;
387     int		sort_what = 0;
388     int		format_found = 0;
389     int		change_occurred = FALSE; // Buffer contents changed.
390 
391     /* Sorting one line is really quick! */
392     if (count <= 1)
393 	return;
394 
395     if (u_save((linenr_T)(eap->line1 - 1), (linenr_T)(eap->line2 + 1)) == FAIL)
396 	return;
397     sortbuf1 = NULL;
398     sortbuf2 = NULL;
399     regmatch.regprog = NULL;
400     nrs = (sorti_T *)lalloc((long_u)(count * sizeof(sorti_T)), TRUE);
401     if (nrs == NULL)
402 	goto sortend;
403 
404     sort_abort = sort_ic = sort_rx = sort_nr = 0;
405 #ifdef FEAT_FLOAT
406     sort_flt = 0;
407 #endif
408 
409     for (p = eap->arg; *p != NUL; ++p)
410     {
411 	if (VIM_ISWHITE(*p))
412 	    ;
413 	else if (*p == 'i')
414 	    sort_ic = TRUE;
415 	else if (*p == 'r')
416 	    sort_rx = TRUE;
417 	else if (*p == 'n')
418 	{
419 	    sort_nr = 1;
420 	    ++format_found;
421 	}
422 #ifdef FEAT_FLOAT
423 	else if (*p == 'f')
424 	{
425 	    sort_flt = 1;
426 	    ++format_found;
427 	}
428 #endif
429 	else if (*p == 'b')
430 	{
431 	    sort_what = STR2NR_BIN + STR2NR_FORCE;
432 	    ++format_found;
433 	}
434 	else if (*p == 'o')
435 	{
436 	    sort_what = STR2NR_OCT + STR2NR_FORCE;
437 	    ++format_found;
438 	}
439 	else if (*p == 'x')
440 	{
441 	    sort_what = STR2NR_HEX + STR2NR_FORCE;
442 	    ++format_found;
443 	}
444 	else if (*p == 'u')
445 	    unique = TRUE;
446 	else if (*p == '"')	/* comment start */
447 	    break;
448 	else if (check_nextcmd(p) != NULL)
449 	{
450 	    eap->nextcmd = check_nextcmd(p);
451 	    break;
452 	}
453 	else if (!ASCII_ISALPHA(*p) && regmatch.regprog == NULL)
454 	{
455 	    s = skip_regexp(p + 1, *p, TRUE, NULL);
456 	    if (*s != *p)
457 	    {
458 		emsg(_(e_invalpat));
459 		goto sortend;
460 	    }
461 	    *s = NUL;
462 	    /* Use last search pattern if sort pattern is empty. */
463 	    if (s == p + 1)
464 	    {
465 		if (last_search_pat() == NULL)
466 		{
467 		    emsg(_(e_noprevre));
468 		    goto sortend;
469 		}
470 		regmatch.regprog = vim_regcomp(last_search_pat(), RE_MAGIC);
471 	    }
472 	    else
473 		regmatch.regprog = vim_regcomp(p + 1, RE_MAGIC);
474 	    if (regmatch.regprog == NULL)
475 		goto sortend;
476 	    p = s;		/* continue after the regexp */
477 	    regmatch.rm_ic = p_ic;
478 	}
479 	else
480 	{
481 	    semsg(_(e_invarg2), p);
482 	    goto sortend;
483 	}
484     }
485 
486     /* Can only have one of 'n', 'b', 'o' and 'x'. */
487     if (format_found > 1)
488     {
489 	emsg(_(e_invarg));
490 	goto sortend;
491     }
492 
493     /* From here on "sort_nr" is used as a flag for any integer number
494      * sorting. */
495     sort_nr += sort_what;
496 
497     /*
498      * Make an array with all line numbers.  This avoids having to copy all
499      * the lines into allocated memory.
500      * When sorting on strings "start_col_nr" is the offset in the line, for
501      * numbers sorting it's the number to sort on.  This means the pattern
502      * matching and number conversion only has to be done once per line.
503      * Also get the longest line length for allocating "sortbuf".
504      */
505     for (lnum = eap->line1; lnum <= eap->line2; ++lnum)
506     {
507 	s = ml_get(lnum);
508 	len = (int)STRLEN(s);
509 	if (maxlen < len)
510 	    maxlen = len;
511 
512 	start_col = 0;
513 	end_col = len;
514 	if (regmatch.regprog != NULL && vim_regexec(&regmatch, s, 0))
515 	{
516 	    if (sort_rx)
517 	    {
518 		start_col = (colnr_T)(regmatch.startp[0] - s);
519 		end_col = (colnr_T)(regmatch.endp[0] - s);
520 	    }
521 	    else
522 		start_col = (colnr_T)(regmatch.endp[0] - s);
523 	}
524 	else
525 	    if (regmatch.regprog != NULL)
526 		end_col = 0;
527 
528 	if (sort_nr
529 #ifdef FEAT_FLOAT
530 		|| sort_flt
531 #endif
532 		)
533 	{
534 	    /* Make sure vim_str2nr doesn't read any digits past the end
535 	     * of the match, by temporarily terminating the string there */
536 	    s2 = s + end_col;
537 	    c = *s2;
538 	    *s2 = NUL;
539 	    /* Sorting on number: Store the number itself. */
540 	    p = s + start_col;
541 	    if (sort_nr)
542 	    {
543 		if (sort_what & STR2NR_HEX)
544 		    s = skiptohex(p);
545 		else if (sort_what & STR2NR_BIN)
546 		    s = skiptobin(p);
547 		else
548 		    s = skiptodigit(p);
549 		if (s > p && s[-1] == '-')
550 		    --s;  /* include preceding negative sign */
551 		if (*s == NUL)
552 		{
553 		    /* line without number should sort before any number */
554 		    nrs[lnum - eap->line1].st_u.num.is_number = FALSE;
555 		    nrs[lnum - eap->line1].st_u.num.value = 0;
556 		}
557 		else
558 		{
559 		    nrs[lnum - eap->line1].st_u.num.is_number = TRUE;
560 		    vim_str2nr(s, NULL, NULL, sort_what,
561 			       &nrs[lnum - eap->line1].st_u.num.value, NULL, 0);
562 		}
563 	    }
564 #ifdef FEAT_FLOAT
565 	    else
566 	    {
567 		s = skipwhite(p);
568 		if (*s == '+')
569 		    s = skipwhite(s + 1);
570 
571 		if (*s == NUL)
572 		    /* empty line should sort before any number */
573 		    nrs[lnum - eap->line1].st_u.value_flt = -DBL_MAX;
574 		else
575 		    nrs[lnum - eap->line1].st_u.value_flt =
576 						      strtod((char *)s, NULL);
577 	    }
578 #endif
579 	    *s2 = c;
580 	}
581 	else
582 	{
583 	    /* Store the column to sort at. */
584 	    nrs[lnum - eap->line1].st_u.line.start_col_nr = start_col;
585 	    nrs[lnum - eap->line1].st_u.line.end_col_nr = end_col;
586 	}
587 
588 	nrs[lnum - eap->line1].lnum = lnum;
589 
590 	if (regmatch.regprog != NULL)
591 	    fast_breakcheck();
592 	if (got_int)
593 	    goto sortend;
594     }
595 
596     /* Allocate a buffer that can hold the longest line. */
597     sortbuf1 = alloc((unsigned)maxlen + 1);
598     if (sortbuf1 == NULL)
599 	goto sortend;
600     sortbuf2 = alloc((unsigned)maxlen + 1);
601     if (sortbuf2 == NULL)
602 	goto sortend;
603 
604     /* Sort the array of line numbers.  Note: can't be interrupted! */
605     qsort((void *)nrs, count, sizeof(sorti_T), sort_compare);
606 
607     if (sort_abort)
608 	goto sortend;
609 
610     /* Insert the lines in the sorted order below the last one. */
611     lnum = eap->line2;
612     for (i = 0; i < count; ++i)
613     {
614 	linenr_T get_lnum = nrs[eap->forceit ? count - i - 1 : i].lnum;
615 
616 	// If the original line number of the line being placed is not the same
617 	// as "lnum" (accounting for offset), we know that the buffer changed.
618 	if (get_lnum + ((linenr_T)count - 1) != lnum)
619 	    change_occurred = TRUE;
620 
621 	s = ml_get(get_lnum);
622 	if (!unique || i == 0
623 		|| (sort_ic ? STRICMP(s, sortbuf1) : STRCMP(s, sortbuf1)) != 0)
624 	{
625 	    // Copy the line into a buffer, it may become invalid in
626 	    // ml_append(). And it's needed for "unique".
627 	    STRCPY(sortbuf1, s);
628 	    if (ml_append(lnum++, sortbuf1, (colnr_T)0, FALSE) == FAIL)
629 		break;
630 	}
631 	fast_breakcheck();
632 	if (got_int)
633 	    goto sortend;
634     }
635 
636     /* delete the original lines if appending worked */
637     if (i == count)
638 	for (i = 0; i < count; ++i)
639 	    ml_delete(eap->line1, FALSE);
640     else
641 	count = 0;
642 
643     /* Adjust marks for deleted (or added) lines and prepare for displaying. */
644     deleted = (long)(count - (lnum - eap->line2));
645     if (deleted > 0)
646     {
647 	mark_adjust(eap->line2 - deleted, eap->line2, (long)MAXLNUM, -deleted);
648 	msgmore(-deleted);
649     }
650     else if (deleted < 0)
651 	mark_adjust(eap->line2, MAXLNUM, -deleted, 0L);
652 
653     if (change_occurred || deleted != 0)
654 	changed_lines(eap->line1, 0, eap->line2 + 1, -deleted);
655 
656     curwin->w_cursor.lnum = eap->line1;
657     beginline(BL_WHITE | BL_FIX);
658 
659 sortend:
660     vim_free(nrs);
661     vim_free(sortbuf1);
662     vim_free(sortbuf2);
663     vim_regfree(regmatch.regprog);
664     if (got_int)
665 	emsg(_(e_interr));
666 }
667 
668 /*
669  * ":retab".
670  */
671     void
672 ex_retab(exarg_T *eap)
673 {
674     linenr_T	lnum;
675     int		got_tab = FALSE;
676     long	num_spaces = 0;
677     long	num_tabs;
678     long	len;
679     long	col;
680     long	vcol;
681     long	start_col = 0;		/* For start of white-space string */
682     long	start_vcol = 0;		/* For start of white-space string */
683     long	old_len;
684     char_u	*ptr;
685     char_u	*new_line = (char_u *)1;    /* init to non-NULL */
686     int		did_undo;		/* called u_save for current line */
687 #ifdef FEAT_VARTABS
688     int		*new_vts_array = NULL;
689     char_u	*new_ts_str;		/* string value of tab argument */
690 #else
691     int		temp;
692     int		new_ts;
693 #endif
694     int		save_list;
695     linenr_T	first_line = 0;		/* first changed line */
696     linenr_T	last_line = 0;		/* last changed line */
697 
698     save_list = curwin->w_p_list;
699     curwin->w_p_list = 0;	    /* don't want list mode here */
700 
701 #ifdef FEAT_VARTABS
702     new_ts_str = eap->arg;
703     if (!tabstop_set(eap->arg, &new_vts_array))
704 	return;
705     while (vim_isdigit(*(eap->arg)) || *(eap->arg) == ',')
706 	++(eap->arg);
707 
708     // This ensures that either new_vts_array and new_ts_str are freshly
709     // allocated, or new_vts_array points to an existing array and new_ts_str
710     // is null.
711     if (new_vts_array == NULL)
712     {
713 	new_vts_array = curbuf->b_p_vts_array;
714 	new_ts_str = NULL;
715     }
716     else
717 	new_ts_str = vim_strnsave(new_ts_str, eap->arg - new_ts_str);
718 #else
719     new_ts = getdigits(&(eap->arg));
720     if (new_ts < 0)
721     {
722 	emsg(_(e_positive));
723 	return;
724     }
725     if (new_ts == 0)
726 	new_ts = curbuf->b_p_ts;
727 #endif
728     for (lnum = eap->line1; !got_int && lnum <= eap->line2; ++lnum)
729     {
730 	ptr = ml_get(lnum);
731 	col = 0;
732 	vcol = 0;
733 	did_undo = FALSE;
734 	for (;;)
735 	{
736 	    if (VIM_ISWHITE(ptr[col]))
737 	    {
738 		if (!got_tab && num_spaces == 0)
739 		{
740 		    /* First consecutive white-space */
741 		    start_vcol = vcol;
742 		    start_col = col;
743 		}
744 		if (ptr[col] == ' ')
745 		    num_spaces++;
746 		else
747 		    got_tab = TRUE;
748 	    }
749 	    else
750 	    {
751 		if (got_tab || (eap->forceit && num_spaces > 1))
752 		{
753 		    /* Retabulate this string of white-space */
754 
755 		    /* len is virtual length of white string */
756 		    len = num_spaces = vcol - start_vcol;
757 		    num_tabs = 0;
758 		    if (!curbuf->b_p_et)
759 		    {
760 #ifdef FEAT_VARTABS
761 			int t, s;
762 
763 			tabstop_fromto(start_vcol, vcol,
764 					curbuf->b_p_ts, new_vts_array, &t, &s);
765 			num_tabs = t;
766 			num_spaces = s;
767 #else
768 			temp = new_ts - (start_vcol % new_ts);
769 			if (num_spaces >= temp)
770 			{
771 			    num_spaces -= temp;
772 			    num_tabs++;
773 			}
774 			num_tabs += num_spaces / new_ts;
775 			num_spaces -= (num_spaces / new_ts) * new_ts;
776 #endif
777 		    }
778 		    if (curbuf->b_p_et || got_tab ||
779 					(num_spaces + num_tabs < len))
780 		    {
781 			if (did_undo == FALSE)
782 			{
783 			    did_undo = TRUE;
784 			    if (u_save((linenr_T)(lnum - 1),
785 						(linenr_T)(lnum + 1)) == FAIL)
786 			    {
787 				new_line = NULL;	/* flag out-of-memory */
788 				break;
789 			    }
790 			}
791 
792 			/* len is actual number of white characters used */
793 			len = num_spaces + num_tabs;
794 			old_len = (long)STRLEN(ptr);
795 			new_line = lalloc(old_len - col + start_col + len + 1,
796 									TRUE);
797 			if (new_line == NULL)
798 			    break;
799 			if (start_col > 0)
800 			    mch_memmove(new_line, ptr, (size_t)start_col);
801 			mch_memmove(new_line + start_col + len,
802 				      ptr + col, (size_t)(old_len - col + 1));
803 			ptr = new_line + start_col;
804 			for (col = 0; col < len; col++)
805 			    ptr[col] = (col < num_tabs) ? '\t' : ' ';
806 			ml_replace(lnum, new_line, FALSE);
807 			if (first_line == 0)
808 			    first_line = lnum;
809 			last_line = lnum;
810 			ptr = new_line;
811 			col = start_col + len;
812 		    }
813 		}
814 		got_tab = FALSE;
815 		num_spaces = 0;
816 	    }
817 	    if (ptr[col] == NUL)
818 		break;
819 	    vcol += chartabsize(ptr + col, (colnr_T)vcol);
820 	    if (has_mbyte)
821 		col += (*mb_ptr2len)(ptr + col);
822 	    else
823 		++col;
824 	}
825 	if (new_line == NULL)		    /* out of memory */
826 	    break;
827 	line_breakcheck();
828     }
829     if (got_int)
830 	emsg(_(e_interr));
831 
832 #ifdef FEAT_VARTABS
833     // If a single value was given then it can be considered equal to
834     // either the value of 'tabstop' or the value of 'vartabstop'.
835     if (tabstop_count(curbuf->b_p_vts_array) == 0
836 	&& tabstop_count(new_vts_array) == 1
837 	&& curbuf->b_p_ts == tabstop_first(new_vts_array))
838 	; /* not changed */
839     else if (tabstop_count(curbuf->b_p_vts_array) > 0
840         && tabstop_eq(curbuf->b_p_vts_array, new_vts_array))
841 	; /* not changed */
842     else
843 	redraw_curbuf_later(NOT_VALID);
844 #else
845     if (curbuf->b_p_ts != new_ts)
846 	redraw_curbuf_later(NOT_VALID);
847 #endif
848     if (first_line != 0)
849 	changed_lines(first_line, 0, last_line + 1, 0L);
850 
851     curwin->w_p_list = save_list;	/* restore 'list' */
852 
853 #ifdef FEAT_VARTABS
854     if (new_ts_str != NULL)		/* set the new tabstop */
855     {
856 	// If 'vartabstop' is in use or if the value given to retab has more
857 	// than one tabstop then update 'vartabstop'.
858 	int *old_vts_ary = curbuf->b_p_vts_array;
859 
860 	if (tabstop_count(old_vts_ary) > 0 || tabstop_count(new_vts_array) > 1)
861 	{
862 	    set_string_option_direct((char_u *)"vts", -1, new_ts_str,
863 							OPT_FREE|OPT_LOCAL, 0);
864 	    curbuf->b_p_vts_array = new_vts_array;
865 	    vim_free(old_vts_ary);
866 	}
867 	else
868 	{
869 	    // 'vartabstop' wasn't in use and a single value was given to
870 	    // retab then update 'tabstop'.
871 	    curbuf->b_p_ts = tabstop_first(new_vts_array);
872 	    vim_free(new_vts_array);
873 	}
874 	vim_free(new_ts_str);
875     }
876 #else
877     curbuf->b_p_ts = new_ts;
878 #endif
879     coladvance(curwin->w_curswant);
880 
881     u_clearline();
882 }
883 
884 /*
885  * :move command - move lines line1-line2 to line dest
886  *
887  * return FAIL for failure, OK otherwise
888  */
889     int
890 do_move(linenr_T line1, linenr_T line2, linenr_T dest)
891 {
892     char_u	*str;
893     linenr_T	l;
894     linenr_T	extra;	    // Num lines added before line1
895     linenr_T	num_lines;  // Num lines moved
896     linenr_T	last_line;  // Last line in file after adding new text
897 #ifdef FEAT_FOLDING
898     win_T	*win;
899     tabpage_T	*tp;
900 #endif
901 
902     if (dest >= line1 && dest < line2)
903     {
904 	emsg(_("E134: Cannot move a range of lines into itself"));
905 	return FAIL;
906     }
907 
908     // Do nothing if we are not actually moving any lines.  This will prevent
909     // the 'modified' flag from being set without cause.
910     if (dest == line1 - 1 || dest == line2)
911     {
912 	// Move the cursor as if lines were moved (see below) to be backwards
913 	// compatible.
914 	if (dest >= line1)
915 	    curwin->w_cursor.lnum = dest;
916 	else
917 	    curwin->w_cursor.lnum = dest + (line2 - line1) + 1;
918 
919 	return OK;
920     }
921 
922     num_lines = line2 - line1 + 1;
923 
924     /*
925      * First we copy the old text to its new location -- webb
926      * Also copy the flag that ":global" command uses.
927      */
928     if (u_save(dest, dest + 1) == FAIL)
929 	return FAIL;
930     for (extra = 0, l = line1; l <= line2; l++)
931     {
932 	str = vim_strsave(ml_get(l + extra));
933 	if (str != NULL)
934 	{
935 	    ml_append(dest + l - line1, str, (colnr_T)0, FALSE);
936 	    vim_free(str);
937 	    if (dest < line1)
938 		extra++;
939 	}
940     }
941 
942     /*
943      * Now we must be careful adjusting our marks so that we don't overlap our
944      * mark_adjust() calls.
945      *
946      * We adjust the marks within the old text so that they refer to the
947      * last lines of the file (temporarily), because we know no other marks
948      * will be set there since these line numbers did not exist until we added
949      * our new lines.
950      *
951      * Then we adjust the marks on lines between the old and new text positions
952      * (either forwards or backwards).
953      *
954      * And Finally we adjust the marks we put at the end of the file back to
955      * their final destination at the new text position -- webb
956      */
957     last_line = curbuf->b_ml.ml_line_count;
958     mark_adjust_nofold(line1, line2, last_line - line2, 0L);
959     if (dest >= line2)
960     {
961 	mark_adjust_nofold(line2 + 1, dest, -num_lines, 0L);
962 #ifdef FEAT_FOLDING
963 	FOR_ALL_TAB_WINDOWS(tp, win) {
964 	    if (win->w_buffer == curbuf)
965 		foldMoveRange(&win->w_folds, line1, line2, dest);
966 	}
967 #endif
968 	curbuf->b_op_start.lnum = dest - num_lines + 1;
969 	curbuf->b_op_end.lnum = dest;
970     }
971     else
972     {
973 	mark_adjust_nofold(dest + 1, line1 - 1, num_lines, 0L);
974 #ifdef FEAT_FOLDING
975 	FOR_ALL_TAB_WINDOWS(tp, win) {
976 	    if (win->w_buffer == curbuf)
977 		foldMoveRange(&win->w_folds, dest + 1, line1 - 1, line2);
978 	}
979 #endif
980 	curbuf->b_op_start.lnum = dest + 1;
981 	curbuf->b_op_end.lnum = dest + num_lines;
982     }
983     curbuf->b_op_start.col = curbuf->b_op_end.col = 0;
984     mark_adjust_nofold(last_line - num_lines + 1, last_line,
985 					     -(last_line - dest - extra), 0L);
986 
987     /*
988      * Now we delete the original text -- webb
989      */
990     if (u_save(line1 + extra - 1, line2 + extra + 1) == FAIL)
991 	return FAIL;
992 
993     for (l = line1; l <= line2; l++)
994 	ml_delete(line1 + extra, TRUE);
995 
996     if (!global_busy && num_lines > p_report)
997 	smsg(NGETTEXT("%ld line moved", "%ld lines moved", num_lines),
998 			(long)num_lines);
999 
1000     /*
1001      * Leave the cursor on the last of the moved lines.
1002      */
1003     if (dest >= line1)
1004 	curwin->w_cursor.lnum = dest;
1005     else
1006 	curwin->w_cursor.lnum = dest + (line2 - line1) + 1;
1007 
1008     if (line1 < dest)
1009     {
1010 	dest += num_lines + 1;
1011 	last_line = curbuf->b_ml.ml_line_count;
1012 	if (dest > last_line + 1)
1013 	    dest = last_line + 1;
1014 	changed_lines(line1, 0, dest, 0L);
1015     }
1016     else
1017 	changed_lines(dest + 1, 0, line1 + num_lines, 0L);
1018 
1019     return OK;
1020 }
1021 
1022 /*
1023  * ":copy"
1024  */
1025     void
1026 ex_copy(linenr_T line1, linenr_T line2, linenr_T n)
1027 {
1028     linenr_T	count;
1029     char_u	*p;
1030 
1031     count = line2 - line1 + 1;
1032     curbuf->b_op_start.lnum = n + 1;
1033     curbuf->b_op_end.lnum = n + count;
1034     curbuf->b_op_start.col = curbuf->b_op_end.col = 0;
1035 
1036     /*
1037      * there are three situations:
1038      * 1. destination is above line1
1039      * 2. destination is between line1 and line2
1040      * 3. destination is below line2
1041      *
1042      * n = destination (when starting)
1043      * curwin->w_cursor.lnum = destination (while copying)
1044      * line1 = start of source (while copying)
1045      * line2 = end of source (while copying)
1046      */
1047     if (u_save(n, n + 1) == FAIL)
1048 	return;
1049 
1050     curwin->w_cursor.lnum = n;
1051     while (line1 <= line2)
1052     {
1053 	/* need to use vim_strsave() because the line will be unlocked within
1054 	 * ml_append() */
1055 	p = vim_strsave(ml_get(line1));
1056 	if (p != NULL)
1057 	{
1058 	    ml_append(curwin->w_cursor.lnum, p, (colnr_T)0, FALSE);
1059 	    vim_free(p);
1060 	}
1061 	/* situation 2: skip already copied lines */
1062 	if (line1 == n)
1063 	    line1 = curwin->w_cursor.lnum;
1064 	++line1;
1065 	if (curwin->w_cursor.lnum < line1)
1066 	    ++line1;
1067 	if (curwin->w_cursor.lnum < line2)
1068 	    ++line2;
1069 	++curwin->w_cursor.lnum;
1070     }
1071 
1072     appended_lines_mark(n, count);
1073 
1074     msgmore((long)count);
1075 }
1076 
1077 static char_u	*prevcmd = NULL;	/* the previous command */
1078 
1079 #if defined(EXITFREE) || defined(PROTO)
1080     void
1081 free_prev_shellcmd(void)
1082 {
1083     vim_free(prevcmd);
1084 }
1085 #endif
1086 
1087 /*
1088  * Handle the ":!cmd" command.	Also for ":r !cmd" and ":w !cmd"
1089  * Bangs in the argument are replaced with the previously entered command.
1090  * Remember the argument.
1091  */
1092     void
1093 do_bang(
1094     int		addr_count,
1095     exarg_T	*eap,
1096     int		forceit,
1097     int		do_in,
1098     int		do_out)
1099 {
1100     char_u		*arg = eap->arg;	/* command */
1101     linenr_T		line1 = eap->line1;	/* start of range */
1102     linenr_T		line2 = eap->line2;	/* end of range */
1103     char_u		*newcmd = NULL;		/* the new command */
1104     int			free_newcmd = FALSE;    /* need to free() newcmd */
1105     int			ins_prevcmd;
1106     char_u		*t;
1107     char_u		*p;
1108     char_u		*trailarg;
1109     int			len;
1110     int			scroll_save = msg_scroll;
1111 
1112     /*
1113      * Disallow shell commands for "rvim".
1114      * Disallow shell commands from .exrc and .vimrc in current directory for
1115      * security reasons.
1116      */
1117     if (check_restricted() || check_secure())
1118 	return;
1119 
1120     if (addr_count == 0)		/* :! */
1121     {
1122 	msg_scroll = FALSE;	    /* don't scroll here */
1123 	autowrite_all();
1124 	msg_scroll = scroll_save;
1125     }
1126 
1127     /*
1128      * Try to find an embedded bang, like in :!<cmd> ! [args]
1129      * (:!! is indicated by the 'forceit' variable)
1130      */
1131     ins_prevcmd = forceit;
1132     trailarg = arg;
1133     do
1134     {
1135 	len = (int)STRLEN(trailarg) + 1;
1136 	if (newcmd != NULL)
1137 	    len += (int)STRLEN(newcmd);
1138 	if (ins_prevcmd)
1139 	{
1140 	    if (prevcmd == NULL)
1141 	    {
1142 		emsg(_(e_noprev));
1143 		vim_free(newcmd);
1144 		return;
1145 	    }
1146 	    len += (int)STRLEN(prevcmd);
1147 	}
1148 	if ((t = alloc((unsigned)len)) == NULL)
1149 	{
1150 	    vim_free(newcmd);
1151 	    return;
1152 	}
1153 	*t = NUL;
1154 	if (newcmd != NULL)
1155 	    STRCAT(t, newcmd);
1156 	if (ins_prevcmd)
1157 	    STRCAT(t, prevcmd);
1158 	p = t + STRLEN(t);
1159 	STRCAT(t, trailarg);
1160 	vim_free(newcmd);
1161 	newcmd = t;
1162 
1163 	/*
1164 	 * Scan the rest of the argument for '!', which is replaced by the
1165 	 * previous command.  "\!" is replaced by "!" (this is vi compatible).
1166 	 */
1167 	trailarg = NULL;
1168 	while (*p)
1169 	{
1170 	    if (*p == '!')
1171 	    {
1172 		if (p > newcmd && p[-1] == '\\')
1173 		    STRMOVE(p - 1, p);
1174 		else
1175 		{
1176 		    trailarg = p;
1177 		    *trailarg++ = NUL;
1178 		    ins_prevcmd = TRUE;
1179 		    break;
1180 		}
1181 	    }
1182 	    ++p;
1183 	}
1184     } while (trailarg != NULL);
1185 
1186     vim_free(prevcmd);
1187     prevcmd = newcmd;
1188 
1189     if (bangredo)	    /* put cmd in redo buffer for ! command */
1190     {
1191 	/* If % or # appears in the command, it must have been escaped.
1192 	 * Reescape them, so that redoing them does not substitute them by the
1193 	 * buffername. */
1194 	char_u *cmd = vim_strsave_escaped(prevcmd, (char_u *)"%#");
1195 
1196 	if (cmd != NULL)
1197 	{
1198 	    AppendToRedobuffLit(cmd, -1);
1199 	    vim_free(cmd);
1200 	}
1201 	else
1202 	    AppendToRedobuffLit(prevcmd, -1);
1203 	AppendToRedobuff((char_u *)"\n");
1204 	bangredo = FALSE;
1205     }
1206     /*
1207      * Add quotes around the command, for shells that need them.
1208      */
1209     if (*p_shq != NUL)
1210     {
1211 	newcmd = alloc((unsigned)(STRLEN(prevcmd) + 2 * STRLEN(p_shq) + 1));
1212 	if (newcmd == NULL)
1213 	    return;
1214 	STRCPY(newcmd, p_shq);
1215 	STRCAT(newcmd, prevcmd);
1216 	STRCAT(newcmd, p_shq);
1217 	free_newcmd = TRUE;
1218     }
1219     if (addr_count == 0)		/* :! */
1220     {
1221 	/* echo the command */
1222 	msg_start();
1223 	msg_putchar(':');
1224 	msg_putchar('!');
1225 	msg_outtrans(newcmd);
1226 	msg_clr_eos();
1227 	windgoto(msg_row, msg_col);
1228 
1229 	do_shell(newcmd, 0);
1230     }
1231     else				/* :range! */
1232     {
1233 	/* Careful: This may recursively call do_bang() again! (because of
1234 	 * autocommands) */
1235 	do_filter(line1, line2, eap, newcmd, do_in, do_out);
1236 	apply_autocmds(EVENT_SHELLFILTERPOST, NULL, NULL, FALSE, curbuf);
1237     }
1238     if (free_newcmd)
1239 	vim_free(newcmd);
1240 }
1241 
1242 /*
1243  * do_filter: filter lines through a command given by the user
1244  *
1245  * We mostly use temp files and the call_shell() routine here. This would
1246  * normally be done using pipes on a UNIX machine, but this is more portable
1247  * to non-unix machines. The call_shell() routine needs to be able
1248  * to deal with redirection somehow, and should handle things like looking
1249  * at the PATH env. variable, and adding reasonable extensions to the
1250  * command name given by the user. All reasonable versions of call_shell()
1251  * do this.
1252  * Alternatively, if on Unix and redirecting input or output, but not both,
1253  * and the 'shelltemp' option isn't set, use pipes.
1254  * We use input redirection if do_in is TRUE.
1255  * We use output redirection if do_out is TRUE.
1256  */
1257     static void
1258 do_filter(
1259     linenr_T	line1,
1260     linenr_T	line2,
1261     exarg_T	*eap,		/* for forced 'ff' and 'fenc' */
1262     char_u	*cmd,
1263     int		do_in,
1264     int		do_out)
1265 {
1266     char_u	*itmp = NULL;
1267     char_u	*otmp = NULL;
1268     linenr_T	linecount;
1269     linenr_T	read_linecount;
1270     pos_T	cursor_save;
1271     char_u	*cmd_buf;
1272     buf_T	*old_curbuf = curbuf;
1273     int		shell_flags = 0;
1274 
1275     if (*cmd == NUL)	    /* no filter command */
1276 	return;
1277 
1278     cursor_save = curwin->w_cursor;
1279     linecount = line2 - line1 + 1;
1280     curwin->w_cursor.lnum = line1;
1281     curwin->w_cursor.col = 0;
1282     changed_line_abv_curs();
1283     invalidate_botline();
1284 
1285     /*
1286      * When using temp files:
1287      * 1. * Form temp file names
1288      * 2. * Write the lines to a temp file
1289      * 3.   Run the filter command on the temp file
1290      * 4. * Read the output of the command into the buffer
1291      * 5. * Delete the original lines to be filtered
1292      * 6. * Remove the temp files
1293      *
1294      * When writing the input with a pipe or when catching the output with a
1295      * pipe only need to do 3.
1296      */
1297 
1298     if (do_out)
1299 	shell_flags |= SHELL_DOOUT;
1300 
1301 #ifdef FEAT_FILTERPIPE
1302     if (!do_in && do_out && !p_stmp)
1303     {
1304 	/* Use a pipe to fetch stdout of the command, do not use a temp file. */
1305 	shell_flags |= SHELL_READ;
1306 	curwin->w_cursor.lnum = line2;
1307     }
1308     else if (do_in && !do_out && !p_stmp)
1309     {
1310 	/* Use a pipe to write stdin of the command, do not use a temp file. */
1311 	shell_flags |= SHELL_WRITE;
1312 	curbuf->b_op_start.lnum = line1;
1313 	curbuf->b_op_end.lnum = line2;
1314     }
1315     else if (do_in && do_out && !p_stmp)
1316     {
1317 	/* Use a pipe to write stdin and fetch stdout of the command, do not
1318 	 * use a temp file. */
1319 	shell_flags |= SHELL_READ|SHELL_WRITE;
1320 	curbuf->b_op_start.lnum = line1;
1321 	curbuf->b_op_end.lnum = line2;
1322 	curwin->w_cursor.lnum = line2;
1323     }
1324     else
1325 #endif
1326 	if ((do_in && (itmp = vim_tempname('i', FALSE)) == NULL)
1327 		|| (do_out && (otmp = vim_tempname('o', FALSE)) == NULL))
1328 	{
1329 	    emsg(_(e_notmp));
1330 	    goto filterend;
1331 	}
1332 
1333 /*
1334  * The writing and reading of temp files will not be shown.
1335  * Vi also doesn't do this and the messages are not very informative.
1336  */
1337     ++no_wait_return;		/* don't call wait_return() while busy */
1338     if (itmp != NULL && buf_write(curbuf, itmp, NULL, line1, line2, eap,
1339 					   FALSE, FALSE, FALSE, TRUE) == FAIL)
1340     {
1341 	msg_putchar('\n');		/* keep message from buf_write() */
1342 	--no_wait_return;
1343 #if defined(FEAT_EVAL)
1344 	if (!aborting())
1345 #endif
1346 	    (void)semsg(_(e_notcreate), itmp);	/* will call wait_return */
1347 	goto filterend;
1348     }
1349     if (curbuf != old_curbuf)
1350 	goto filterend;
1351 
1352     if (!do_out)
1353 	msg_putchar('\n');
1354 
1355     /* Create the shell command in allocated memory. */
1356     cmd_buf = make_filter_cmd(cmd, itmp, otmp);
1357     if (cmd_buf == NULL)
1358 	goto filterend;
1359 
1360     windgoto((int)Rows - 1, 0);
1361     cursor_on();
1362 
1363     /*
1364      * When not redirecting the output the command can write anything to the
1365      * screen. If 'shellredir' is equal to ">", screen may be messed up by
1366      * stderr output of external command. Clear the screen later.
1367      * If do_in is FALSE, this could be something like ":r !cat", which may
1368      * also mess up the screen, clear it later.
1369      */
1370     if (!do_out || STRCMP(p_srr, ">") == 0 || !do_in)
1371 	redraw_later_clear();
1372 
1373     if (do_out)
1374     {
1375 	if (u_save((linenr_T)(line2), (linenr_T)(line2 + 1)) == FAIL)
1376 	{
1377 	    vim_free(cmd_buf);
1378 	    goto error;
1379 	}
1380 	redraw_curbuf_later(VALID);
1381     }
1382     read_linecount = curbuf->b_ml.ml_line_count;
1383 
1384     /*
1385      * When call_shell() fails wait_return() is called to give the user a
1386      * chance to read the error messages. Otherwise errors are ignored, so you
1387      * can see the error messages from the command that appear on stdout; use
1388      * 'u' to fix the text
1389      * Switch to cooked mode when not redirecting stdin, avoids that something
1390      * like ":r !cat" hangs.
1391      * Pass on the SHELL_DOOUT flag when the output is being redirected.
1392      */
1393     if (call_shell(cmd_buf, SHELL_FILTER | SHELL_COOKED | shell_flags))
1394     {
1395 	redraw_later_clear();
1396 	wait_return(FALSE);
1397     }
1398     vim_free(cmd_buf);
1399 
1400     did_check_timestamps = FALSE;
1401     need_check_timestamps = TRUE;
1402 
1403     /* When interrupting the shell command, it may still have produced some
1404      * useful output.  Reset got_int here, so that readfile() won't cancel
1405      * reading. */
1406     ui_breakcheck();
1407     got_int = FALSE;
1408 
1409     if (do_out)
1410     {
1411 	if (otmp != NULL)
1412 	{
1413 	    if (readfile(otmp, NULL, line2, (linenr_T)0, (linenr_T)MAXLNUM,
1414 						    eap, READ_FILTER) != OK)
1415 	    {
1416 #if defined(FEAT_EVAL)
1417 		if (!aborting())
1418 #endif
1419 		{
1420 		    msg_putchar('\n');
1421 		    semsg(_(e_notread), otmp);
1422 		}
1423 		goto error;
1424 	    }
1425 	    if (curbuf != old_curbuf)
1426 		goto filterend;
1427 	}
1428 
1429 	read_linecount = curbuf->b_ml.ml_line_count - read_linecount;
1430 
1431 	if (shell_flags & SHELL_READ)
1432 	{
1433 	    curbuf->b_op_start.lnum = line2 + 1;
1434 	    curbuf->b_op_end.lnum = curwin->w_cursor.lnum;
1435 	    appended_lines_mark(line2, read_linecount);
1436 	}
1437 
1438 	if (do_in)
1439 	{
1440 	    if (cmdmod.keepmarks || vim_strchr(p_cpo, CPO_REMMARK) == NULL)
1441 	    {
1442 		if (read_linecount >= linecount)
1443 		    /* move all marks from old lines to new lines */
1444 		    mark_adjust(line1, line2, linecount, 0L);
1445 		else
1446 		{
1447 		    /* move marks from old lines to new lines, delete marks
1448 		     * that are in deleted lines */
1449 		    mark_adjust(line1, line1 + read_linecount - 1,
1450 								linecount, 0L);
1451 		    mark_adjust(line1 + read_linecount, line2, MAXLNUM, 0L);
1452 		}
1453 	    }
1454 
1455 	    /*
1456 	     * Put cursor on first filtered line for ":range!cmd".
1457 	     * Adjust '[ and '] (set by buf_write()).
1458 	     */
1459 	    curwin->w_cursor.lnum = line1;
1460 	    del_lines(linecount, TRUE);
1461 	    curbuf->b_op_start.lnum -= linecount;	/* adjust '[ */
1462 	    curbuf->b_op_end.lnum -= linecount;		/* adjust '] */
1463 	    write_lnum_adjust(-linecount);		/* adjust last line
1464 							   for next write */
1465 #ifdef FEAT_FOLDING
1466 	    foldUpdate(curwin, curbuf->b_op_start.lnum, curbuf->b_op_end.lnum);
1467 #endif
1468 	}
1469 	else
1470 	{
1471 	    /*
1472 	     * Put cursor on last new line for ":r !cmd".
1473 	     */
1474 	    linecount = curbuf->b_op_end.lnum - curbuf->b_op_start.lnum + 1;
1475 	    curwin->w_cursor.lnum = curbuf->b_op_end.lnum;
1476 	}
1477 
1478 	beginline(BL_WHITE | BL_FIX);	    /* cursor on first non-blank */
1479 	--no_wait_return;
1480 
1481 	if (linecount > p_report)
1482 	{
1483 	    if (do_in)
1484 	    {
1485 		vim_snprintf(msg_buf, sizeof(msg_buf),
1486 				    _("%ld lines filtered"), (long)linecount);
1487 		if (msg(msg_buf) && !msg_scroll)
1488 		    /* save message to display it after redraw */
1489 		    set_keep_msg((char_u *)msg_buf, 0);
1490 	    }
1491 	    else
1492 		msgmore((long)linecount);
1493 	}
1494     }
1495     else
1496     {
1497 error:
1498 	/* put cursor back in same position for ":w !cmd" */
1499 	curwin->w_cursor = cursor_save;
1500 	--no_wait_return;
1501 	wait_return(FALSE);
1502     }
1503 
1504 filterend:
1505 
1506     if (curbuf != old_curbuf)
1507     {
1508 	--no_wait_return;
1509 	emsg(_("E135: *Filter* Autocommands must not change current buffer"));
1510     }
1511     if (itmp != NULL)
1512 	mch_remove(itmp);
1513     if (otmp != NULL)
1514 	mch_remove(otmp);
1515     vim_free(itmp);
1516     vim_free(otmp);
1517 }
1518 
1519 /*
1520  * Call a shell to execute a command.
1521  * When "cmd" is NULL start an interactive shell.
1522  */
1523     void
1524 do_shell(
1525     char_u	*cmd,
1526     int		flags)	/* may be SHELL_DOOUT when output is redirected */
1527 {
1528     buf_T	*buf;
1529 #if !defined(FEAT_GUI_MSWIN) || defined(VIMDLL)
1530     int		save_nwr;
1531 #endif
1532 #ifdef MSWIN
1533     int		winstart = FALSE;
1534     int		keep_termcap = FALSE;
1535 #endif
1536 
1537     /*
1538      * Disallow shell commands for "rvim".
1539      * Disallow shell commands from .exrc and .vimrc in current directory for
1540      * security reasons.
1541      */
1542     if (check_restricted() || check_secure())
1543     {
1544 	msg_end();
1545 	return;
1546     }
1547 
1548 #ifdef MSWIN
1549     /*
1550      * Check if ":!start" is used.  This implies not stopping termcap mode.
1551      */
1552     if (cmd != NULL)
1553 	keep_termcap = winstart = (STRNICMP(cmd, "start ", 6) == 0);
1554 
1555 # if defined(FEAT_GUI) && defined(FEAT_TERMINAL)
1556     // Don't stop termcap mode when using a terminal window for the shell.
1557     if (gui.in_use && vim_strchr(p_go, GO_TERMINAL) != NULL)
1558 	keep_termcap = TRUE;
1559 # endif
1560 #endif
1561 
1562     /*
1563      * For autocommands we want to get the output on the current screen, to
1564      * avoid having to type return below.
1565      */
1566     msg_putchar('\r');			// put cursor at start of line
1567     if (!autocmd_busy)
1568     {
1569 #ifdef MSWIN
1570 	if (!keep_termcap)
1571 #endif
1572 	    stoptermcap();
1573     }
1574 #ifdef MSWIN
1575     if (!winstart)
1576 #endif
1577 	msg_putchar('\n');		// may shift screen one line up
1578 
1579     // warning message before calling the shell
1580     if (p_warn && !autocmd_busy && msg_silent == 0)
1581 	FOR_ALL_BUFFERS(buf)
1582 	    if (bufIsChangedNotTerm(buf))
1583 	    {
1584 #ifdef FEAT_GUI_MSWIN
1585 		if (!keep_termcap)
1586 		    starttermcap();	// don't want a message box here
1587 #endif
1588 		msg_puts(_("[No write since last change]\n"));
1589 #ifdef FEAT_GUI_MSWIN
1590 		if (!keep_termcap)
1591 		    stoptermcap();
1592 #endif
1593 		break;
1594 	    }
1595 
1596     // This windgoto is required for when the '\n' resulted in a "delete line
1597     // 1" command to the terminal.
1598     if (!swapping_screen())
1599 	windgoto(msg_row, msg_col);
1600     cursor_on();
1601     (void)call_shell(cmd, SHELL_COOKED | flags);
1602     did_check_timestamps = FALSE;
1603     need_check_timestamps = TRUE;
1604 
1605     /*
1606      * put the message cursor at the end of the screen, avoids wait_return()
1607      * to overwrite the text that the external command showed
1608      */
1609     if (!swapping_screen())
1610     {
1611 	msg_row = Rows - 1;
1612 	msg_col = 0;
1613     }
1614 
1615     if (autocmd_busy)
1616     {
1617 	if (msg_silent == 0)
1618 	    redraw_later_clear();
1619     }
1620     else
1621     {
1622 	/*
1623 	 * For ":sh" there is no need to call wait_return(), just redraw.
1624 	 * Also for the Win32 GUI (the output is in a console window).
1625 	 * Otherwise there is probably text on the screen that the user wants
1626 	 * to read before redrawing, so call wait_return().
1627 	 */
1628 #if !defined(FEAT_GUI_MSWIN) || defined(VIMDLL)
1629 # ifdef VIMDLL
1630 	if (!gui.in_use)
1631 # endif
1632 	{
1633 	    if (cmd == NULL
1634 # ifdef MSWIN
1635 		    || (keep_termcap && !need_wait_return)
1636 # endif
1637 	       )
1638 	    {
1639 		if (msg_silent == 0)
1640 		    redraw_later_clear();
1641 		need_wait_return = FALSE;
1642 	    }
1643 	    else
1644 	    {
1645 		/*
1646 		 * If we switch screens when starttermcap() is called, we
1647 		 * really want to wait for "hit return to continue".
1648 		 */
1649 		save_nwr = no_wait_return;
1650 		if (swapping_screen())
1651 		    no_wait_return = FALSE;
1652 # ifdef AMIGA
1653 		wait_return(term_console ? -1 : msg_silent == 0); // see below
1654 # else
1655 		wait_return(msg_silent == 0);
1656 # endif
1657 		no_wait_return = save_nwr;
1658 	    }
1659 	}
1660 #endif /* FEAT_GUI_MSWIN */
1661 
1662 #ifdef MSWIN
1663 	if (!keep_termcap)	// if keep_termcap is TRUE didn't stop termcap
1664 #endif
1665 	    starttermcap();	// start termcap if not done by wait_return()
1666 
1667 	/*
1668 	 * In an Amiga window redrawing is caused by asking the window size.
1669 	 * If we got an interrupt this will not work. The chance that the
1670 	 * window size is wrong is very small, but we need to redraw the
1671 	 * screen.  Don't do this if ':' hit in wait_return().	THIS IS UGLY
1672 	 * but it saves an extra redraw.
1673 	 */
1674 #ifdef AMIGA
1675 	if (skip_redraw)		/* ':' hit in wait_return() */
1676 	{
1677 	    if (msg_silent == 0)
1678 		redraw_later_clear();
1679 	}
1680 	else if (term_console)
1681 	{
1682 	    OUT_STR(IF_EB("\033[0 q", ESC_STR "[0 q"));	/* get window size */
1683 	    if (got_int && msg_silent == 0)
1684 		redraw_later_clear();	/* if got_int is TRUE, redraw needed */
1685 	    else
1686 		must_redraw = 0;	/* no extra redraw needed */
1687 	}
1688 #endif
1689     }
1690 
1691     /* display any error messages now */
1692     display_errors();
1693 
1694     apply_autocmds(EVENT_SHELLCMDPOST, NULL, NULL, FALSE, curbuf);
1695 }
1696 
1697 #if !defined(UNIX)
1698     static char_u *
1699 find_pipe(char_u *cmd)
1700 {
1701     char_u  *p;
1702     int	    inquote = FALSE;
1703 
1704     for (p = cmd; *p != NUL; ++p)
1705     {
1706 	if (!inquote && *p == '|')
1707 	    return p;
1708 	if (*p == '"')
1709 	    inquote = !inquote;
1710 	else if (rem_backslash(p))
1711 	    ++p;
1712     }
1713     return NULL;
1714 }
1715 #endif
1716 
1717 /*
1718  * Create a shell command from a command string, input redirection file and
1719  * output redirection file.
1720  * Returns an allocated string with the shell command, or NULL for failure.
1721  */
1722     char_u *
1723 make_filter_cmd(
1724     char_u	*cmd,		/* command */
1725     char_u	*itmp,		/* NULL or name of input file */
1726     char_u	*otmp)		/* NULL or name of output file */
1727 {
1728     char_u	*buf;
1729     long_u	len;
1730 
1731 #if defined(UNIX)
1732     int		is_fish_shell;
1733     char_u	*shell_name = get_isolated_shell_name();
1734 
1735     /* Account for fish's different syntax for subshells */
1736     is_fish_shell = (fnamecmp(shell_name, "fish") == 0);
1737     vim_free(shell_name);
1738     if (is_fish_shell)
1739 	len = (long_u)STRLEN(cmd) + 13;		/* "begin; " + "; end" + NUL */
1740     else
1741 #endif
1742 	len = (long_u)STRLEN(cmd) + 3;			/* "()" + NUL */
1743     if (itmp != NULL)
1744 	len += (long_u)STRLEN(itmp) + 9;		/* " { < " + " } " */
1745     if (otmp != NULL)
1746 	len += (long_u)STRLEN(otmp) + (long_u)STRLEN(p_srr) + 2; /* "  " */
1747     buf = lalloc(len, TRUE);
1748     if (buf == NULL)
1749 	return NULL;
1750 
1751 #if defined(UNIX)
1752     /*
1753      * Put braces around the command (for concatenated commands) when
1754      * redirecting input and/or output.
1755      */
1756     if (itmp != NULL || otmp != NULL)
1757     {
1758 	if (is_fish_shell)
1759 	    vim_snprintf((char *)buf, len, "begin; %s; end", (char *)cmd);
1760 	else
1761 	    vim_snprintf((char *)buf, len, "(%s)", (char *)cmd);
1762     }
1763     else
1764 	STRCPY(buf, cmd);
1765     if (itmp != NULL)
1766     {
1767 	STRCAT(buf, " < ");
1768 	STRCAT(buf, itmp);
1769     }
1770 #else
1771     /*
1772      * For shells that don't understand braces around commands, at least allow
1773      * the use of commands in a pipe.
1774      */
1775     STRCPY(buf, cmd);
1776     if (itmp != NULL)
1777     {
1778 	char_u	*p;
1779 
1780 	/*
1781 	 * If there is a pipe, we have to put the '<' in front of it.
1782 	 * Don't do this when 'shellquote' is not empty, otherwise the
1783 	 * redirection would be inside the quotes.
1784 	 */
1785 	if (*p_shq == NUL)
1786 	{
1787 	    p = find_pipe(buf);
1788 	    if (p != NULL)
1789 		*p = NUL;
1790 	}
1791 	STRCAT(buf, " <");	/* " < " causes problems on Amiga */
1792 	STRCAT(buf, itmp);
1793 	if (*p_shq == NUL)
1794 	{
1795 	    p = find_pipe(cmd);
1796 	    if (p != NULL)
1797 	    {
1798 		STRCAT(buf, " ");   /* insert a space before the '|' for DOS */
1799 		STRCAT(buf, p);
1800 	    }
1801 	}
1802     }
1803 #endif
1804     if (otmp != NULL)
1805 	append_redir(buf, (int)len, p_srr, otmp);
1806 
1807     return buf;
1808 }
1809 
1810 /*
1811  * Append output redirection for file "fname" to the end of string buffer
1812  * "buf[buflen]"
1813  * Works with the 'shellredir' and 'shellpipe' options.
1814  * The caller should make sure that there is enough room:
1815  *	STRLEN(opt) + STRLEN(fname) + 3
1816  */
1817     void
1818 append_redir(
1819     char_u	*buf,
1820     int		buflen,
1821     char_u	*opt,
1822     char_u	*fname)
1823 {
1824     char_u	*p;
1825     char_u	*end;
1826 
1827     end = buf + STRLEN(buf);
1828     /* find "%s" */
1829     for (p = opt; (p = vim_strchr(p, '%')) != NULL; ++p)
1830     {
1831 	if (p[1] == 's') /* found %s */
1832 	    break;
1833 	if (p[1] == '%') /* skip %% */
1834 	    ++p;
1835     }
1836     if (p != NULL)
1837     {
1838 	*end = ' '; /* not really needed? Not with sh, ksh or bash */
1839 	vim_snprintf((char *)end + 1, (size_t)(buflen - (end + 1 - buf)),
1840 						  (char *)opt, (char *)fname);
1841     }
1842     else
1843 	vim_snprintf((char *)end, (size_t)(buflen - (end - buf)),
1844 #ifdef FEAT_QUICKFIX
1845 		" %s %s",
1846 #else
1847 		" %s%s",	/* " > %s" causes problems on Amiga */
1848 #endif
1849 		(char *)opt, (char *)fname);
1850 }
1851 
1852 #if defined(FEAT_VIMINFO) || defined(PROTO)
1853 
1854 static int read_viminfo_barline(vir_T *virp, int got_encoding, int force, int writing);
1855 static void write_viminfo_version(FILE *fp_out);
1856 static void write_viminfo_barlines(vir_T *virp, FILE *fp_out);
1857 static int  viminfo_errcnt;
1858 
1859     static int
1860 no_viminfo(void)
1861 {
1862     /* "vim -i NONE" does not read or write a viminfo file */
1863     return STRCMP(p_viminfofile, "NONE") == 0;
1864 }
1865 
1866 /*
1867  * Report an error for reading a viminfo file.
1868  * Count the number of errors.	When there are more than 10, return TRUE.
1869  */
1870     int
1871 viminfo_error(char *errnum, char *message, char_u *line)
1872 {
1873     vim_snprintf((char *)IObuff, IOSIZE, _("%sviminfo: %s in line: "),
1874 							     errnum, message);
1875     STRNCAT(IObuff, line, IOSIZE - STRLEN(IObuff) - 1);
1876     if (IObuff[STRLEN(IObuff) - 1] == '\n')
1877 	IObuff[STRLEN(IObuff) - 1] = NUL;
1878     emsg((char *)IObuff);
1879     if (++viminfo_errcnt >= 10)
1880     {
1881 	emsg(_("E136: viminfo: Too many errors, skipping rest of file"));
1882 	return TRUE;
1883     }
1884     return FALSE;
1885 }
1886 
1887 /*
1888  * read_viminfo() -- Read the viminfo file.  Registers etc. which are already
1889  * set are not over-written unless "flags" includes VIF_FORCEIT. -- webb
1890  */
1891     int
1892 read_viminfo(
1893     char_u	*file,	    /* file name or NULL to use default name */
1894     int		flags)	    /* VIF_WANT_INFO et al. */
1895 {
1896     FILE	*fp;
1897     char_u	*fname;
1898 
1899     if (no_viminfo())
1900 	return FAIL;
1901 
1902     fname = viminfo_filename(file);	/* get file name in allocated buffer */
1903     if (fname == NULL)
1904 	return FAIL;
1905     fp = mch_fopen((char *)fname, READBIN);
1906 
1907     if (p_verbose > 0)
1908     {
1909 	verbose_enter();
1910 	smsg(_("Reading viminfo file \"%s\"%s%s%s"),
1911 		fname,
1912 		(flags & VIF_WANT_INFO) ? _(" info") : "",
1913 		(flags & VIF_WANT_MARKS) ? _(" marks") : "",
1914 		(flags & VIF_GET_OLDFILES) ? _(" oldfiles") : "",
1915 		fp == NULL ? _(" FAILED") : "");
1916 	verbose_leave();
1917     }
1918 
1919     vim_free(fname);
1920     if (fp == NULL)
1921 	return FAIL;
1922 
1923     viminfo_errcnt = 0;
1924     do_viminfo(fp, NULL, flags);
1925 
1926     fclose(fp);
1927     return OK;
1928 }
1929 
1930 /*
1931  * Write the viminfo file.  The old one is read in first so that effectively a
1932  * merge of current info and old info is done.  This allows multiple vims to
1933  * run simultaneously, without losing any marks etc.
1934  * If "forceit" is TRUE, then the old file is not read in, and only internal
1935  * info is written to the file.
1936  */
1937     void
1938 write_viminfo(char_u *file, int forceit)
1939 {
1940     char_u	*fname;
1941     FILE	*fp_in = NULL;	/* input viminfo file, if any */
1942     FILE	*fp_out = NULL;	/* output viminfo file */
1943     char_u	*tempname = NULL;	/* name of temp viminfo file */
1944     stat_T	st_new;		/* mch_stat() of potential new file */
1945 #if defined(UNIX) || defined(VMS)
1946     mode_t	umask_save;
1947 #endif
1948 #ifdef UNIX
1949     int		shortname = FALSE;	/* use 8.3 file name */
1950     stat_T	st_old;		/* mch_stat() of existing viminfo file */
1951 #endif
1952 #ifdef MSWIN
1953     int		hidden = FALSE;
1954 #endif
1955 
1956     if (no_viminfo())
1957 	return;
1958 
1959     fname = viminfo_filename(file);	/* may set to default if NULL */
1960     if (fname == NULL)
1961 	return;
1962 
1963     fp_in = mch_fopen((char *)fname, READBIN);
1964     if (fp_in == NULL)
1965     {
1966 	int fd;
1967 
1968 	/* if it does exist, but we can't read it, don't try writing */
1969 	if (mch_stat((char *)fname, &st_new) == 0)
1970 	    goto end;
1971 
1972 	/* Create the new .viminfo non-accessible for others, because it may
1973 	 * contain text from non-accessible documents. It is up to the user to
1974 	 * widen access (e.g. to a group). This may also fail if there is a
1975 	 * race condition, then just give up. */
1976 	fd = mch_open((char *)fname,
1977 			    O_CREAT|O_EXTRA|O_EXCL|O_WRONLY|O_NOFOLLOW, 0600);
1978 	if (fd < 0)
1979 	    goto end;
1980 	fp_out = fdopen(fd, WRITEBIN);
1981     }
1982     else
1983     {
1984 	/*
1985 	 * There is an existing viminfo file.  Create a temporary file to
1986 	 * write the new viminfo into, in the same directory as the
1987 	 * existing viminfo file, which will be renamed once all writing is
1988 	 * successful.
1989 	 */
1990 #ifdef UNIX
1991 	/*
1992 	 * For Unix we check the owner of the file.  It's not very nice to
1993 	 * overwrite a user's viminfo file after a "su root", with a
1994 	 * viminfo file that the user can't read.
1995 	 */
1996 	st_old.st_dev = (dev_t)0;
1997 	st_old.st_ino = 0;
1998 	st_old.st_mode = 0600;
1999 	if (mch_stat((char *)fname, &st_old) == 0
2000 		&& getuid() != ROOT_UID
2001 		&& !(st_old.st_uid == getuid()
2002 			? (st_old.st_mode & 0200)
2003 			: (st_old.st_gid == getgid()
2004 				? (st_old.st_mode & 0020)
2005 				: (st_old.st_mode & 0002))))
2006 	{
2007 	    int	tt = msg_didany;
2008 
2009 	    /* avoid a wait_return for this message, it's annoying */
2010 	    semsg(_("E137: Viminfo file is not writable: %s"), fname);
2011 	    msg_didany = tt;
2012 	    fclose(fp_in);
2013 	    goto end;
2014 	}
2015 #endif
2016 #ifdef MSWIN
2017 	/* Get the file attributes of the existing viminfo file. */
2018 	hidden = mch_ishidden(fname);
2019 #endif
2020 
2021 	/*
2022 	 * Make tempname, find one that does not exist yet.
2023 	 * Beware of a race condition: If someone logs out and all Vim
2024 	 * instances exit at the same time a temp file might be created between
2025 	 * stat() and open().  Use mch_open() with O_EXCL to avoid that.
2026 	 * May try twice: Once normal and once with shortname set, just in
2027 	 * case somebody puts his viminfo file in an 8.3 filesystem.
2028 	 */
2029 	for (;;)
2030 	{
2031 	    int		next_char = 'z';
2032 	    char_u	*wp;
2033 
2034 	    tempname = buf_modname(
2035 #ifdef UNIX
2036 				    shortname,
2037 #else
2038 				    FALSE,
2039 #endif
2040 				    fname,
2041 #ifdef VMS
2042 				    (char_u *)"-tmp",
2043 #else
2044 				    (char_u *)".tmp",
2045 #endif
2046 				    FALSE);
2047 	    if (tempname == NULL)		/* out of memory */
2048 		break;
2049 
2050 	    /*
2051 	     * Try a series of names.  Change one character, just before
2052 	     * the extension.  This should also work for an 8.3
2053 	     * file name, when after adding the extension it still is
2054 	     * the same file as the original.
2055 	     */
2056 	    wp = tempname + STRLEN(tempname) - 5;
2057 	    if (wp < gettail(tempname))	    /* empty file name? */
2058 		wp = gettail(tempname);
2059 	    for (;;)
2060 	    {
2061 		/*
2062 		 * Check if tempfile already exists.  Never overwrite an
2063 		 * existing file!
2064 		 */
2065 		if (mch_stat((char *)tempname, &st_new) == 0)
2066 		{
2067 #ifdef UNIX
2068 		    /*
2069 		     * Check if tempfile is same as original file.  May happen
2070 		     * when modname() gave the same file back.  E.g.  silly
2071 		     * link, or file name-length reached.  Try again with
2072 		     * shortname set.
2073 		     */
2074 		    if (!shortname && st_new.st_dev == st_old.st_dev
2075 						&& st_new.st_ino == st_old.st_ino)
2076 		    {
2077 			VIM_CLEAR(tempname);
2078 			shortname = TRUE;
2079 			break;
2080 		    }
2081 #endif
2082 		}
2083 		else
2084 		{
2085 		    /* Try creating the file exclusively.  This may fail if
2086 		     * another Vim tries to do it at the same time. */
2087 #ifdef VMS
2088 		    /* fdopen() fails for some reason */
2089 		    umask_save = umask(077);
2090 		    fp_out = mch_fopen((char *)tempname, WRITEBIN);
2091 		    (void)umask(umask_save);
2092 #else
2093 		    int	fd;
2094 
2095 		    /* Use mch_open() to be able to use O_NOFOLLOW and set file
2096 		     * protection:
2097 		     * Unix: same as original file, but strip s-bit.  Reset
2098 		     * umask to avoid it getting in the way.
2099 		     * Others: r&w for user only. */
2100 # ifdef UNIX
2101 		    umask_save = umask(0);
2102 		    fd = mch_open((char *)tempname,
2103 			    O_CREAT|O_EXTRA|O_EXCL|O_WRONLY|O_NOFOLLOW,
2104 					(int)((st_old.st_mode & 0777) | 0600));
2105 		    (void)umask(umask_save);
2106 # else
2107 		    fd = mch_open((char *)tempname,
2108 			     O_CREAT|O_EXTRA|O_EXCL|O_WRONLY|O_NOFOLLOW, 0600);
2109 # endif
2110 		    if (fd < 0)
2111 		    {
2112 			fp_out = NULL;
2113 # ifdef EEXIST
2114 			/* Avoid trying lots of names while the problem is lack
2115 			 * of permission, only retry if the file already
2116 			 * exists. */
2117 			if (errno != EEXIST)
2118 			    break;
2119 # endif
2120 		    }
2121 		    else
2122 			fp_out = fdopen(fd, WRITEBIN);
2123 #endif /* VMS */
2124 		    if (fp_out != NULL)
2125 			break;
2126 		}
2127 
2128 		/* Assume file exists, try again with another name. */
2129 		if (next_char == 'a' - 1)
2130 		{
2131 		    /* They all exist?  Must be something wrong! Don't write
2132 		     * the viminfo file then. */
2133 		    semsg(_("E929: Too many viminfo temp files, like %s!"),
2134 								     tempname);
2135 		    break;
2136 		}
2137 		*wp = next_char;
2138 		--next_char;
2139 	    }
2140 
2141 	    if (tempname != NULL)
2142 		break;
2143 	    /* continue if shortname was set */
2144 	}
2145 
2146 #if defined(UNIX) && defined(HAVE_FCHOWN)
2147 	if (tempname != NULL && fp_out != NULL)
2148 	{
2149 		stat_T	tmp_st;
2150 
2151 	    /*
2152 	     * Make sure the original owner can read/write the tempfile and
2153 	     * otherwise preserve permissions, making sure the group matches.
2154 	     */
2155 	    if (mch_stat((char *)tempname, &tmp_st) >= 0)
2156 	    {
2157 		if (st_old.st_uid != tmp_st.st_uid)
2158 		    /* Changing the owner might fail, in which case the
2159 		     * file will now owned by the current user, oh well. */
2160 		    vim_ignored = fchown(fileno(fp_out), st_old.st_uid, -1);
2161 		if (st_old.st_gid != tmp_st.st_gid
2162 			&& fchown(fileno(fp_out), -1, st_old.st_gid) == -1)
2163 		    /* can't set the group to what it should be, remove
2164 		     * group permissions */
2165 		    (void)mch_setperm(tempname, 0600);
2166 	    }
2167 	    else
2168 		/* can't stat the file, set conservative permissions */
2169 		(void)mch_setperm(tempname, 0600);
2170 	}
2171 #endif
2172     }
2173 
2174     /*
2175      * Check if the new viminfo file can be written to.
2176      */
2177     if (fp_out == NULL)
2178     {
2179 	semsg(_("E138: Can't write viminfo file %s!"),
2180 		       (fp_in == NULL || tempname == NULL) ? fname : tempname);
2181 	if (fp_in != NULL)
2182 	    fclose(fp_in);
2183 	goto end;
2184     }
2185 
2186     if (p_verbose > 0)
2187     {
2188 	verbose_enter();
2189 	smsg(_("Writing viminfo file \"%s\""), fname);
2190 	verbose_leave();
2191     }
2192 
2193     viminfo_errcnt = 0;
2194     do_viminfo(fp_in, fp_out, forceit ? 0 : (VIF_WANT_INFO | VIF_WANT_MARKS));
2195 
2196     if (fclose(fp_out) == EOF)
2197 	++viminfo_errcnt;
2198 
2199     if (fp_in != NULL)
2200     {
2201 	fclose(fp_in);
2202 
2203 	/* In case of an error keep the original viminfo file.  Otherwise
2204 	 * rename the newly written file.  Give an error if that fails. */
2205 	if (viminfo_errcnt == 0)
2206 	{
2207 	    if (vim_rename(tempname, fname) == -1)
2208 	    {
2209 		++viminfo_errcnt;
2210 		semsg(_("E886: Can't rename viminfo file to %s!"), fname);
2211 	    }
2212 # ifdef MSWIN
2213 	    /* If the viminfo file was hidden then also hide the new file. */
2214 	    else if (hidden)
2215 		mch_hide(fname);
2216 # endif
2217 	}
2218 	if (viminfo_errcnt > 0)
2219 	    mch_remove(tempname);
2220     }
2221 
2222 end:
2223     vim_free(fname);
2224     vim_free(tempname);
2225 }
2226 
2227 /*
2228  * Get the viminfo file name to use.
2229  * If "file" is given and not empty, use it (has already been expanded by
2230  * cmdline functions).
2231  * Otherwise use "-i file_name", value from 'viminfo' or the default, and
2232  * expand environment variables.
2233  * Returns an allocated string.  NULL when out of memory.
2234  */
2235     static char_u *
2236 viminfo_filename(char_u *file)
2237 {
2238     if (file == NULL || *file == NUL)
2239     {
2240 	if (*p_viminfofile != NUL)
2241 	    file = p_viminfofile;
2242 	else if ((file = find_viminfo_parameter('n')) == NULL || *file == NUL)
2243 	{
2244 #ifdef VIMINFO_FILE2
2245 # ifdef VMS
2246 	    if (mch_getenv((char_u *)"SYS$LOGIN") == NULL)
2247 # else
2248 #  ifdef MSWIN
2249 	    /* Use $VIM only if $HOME is the default "C:/". */
2250 	    if (STRCMP(vim_getenv((char_u *)"HOME", NULL), "C:/") == 0
2251 		    && mch_getenv((char_u *)"HOME") == NULL)
2252 #  else
2253 	    if (mch_getenv((char_u *)"HOME") == NULL)
2254 #  endif
2255 # endif
2256 	    {
2257 		/* don't use $VIM when not available. */
2258 		expand_env((char_u *)"$VIM", NameBuff, MAXPATHL);
2259 		if (STRCMP("$VIM", NameBuff) != 0)  /* $VIM was expanded */
2260 		    file = (char_u *)VIMINFO_FILE2;
2261 		else
2262 		    file = (char_u *)VIMINFO_FILE;
2263 	    }
2264 	    else
2265 #endif
2266 		file = (char_u *)VIMINFO_FILE;
2267 	}
2268 	expand_env(file, NameBuff, MAXPATHL);
2269 	file = NameBuff;
2270     }
2271     return vim_strsave(file);
2272 }
2273 
2274 /*
2275  * do_viminfo() -- Should only be called from read_viminfo() & write_viminfo().
2276  */
2277     static void
2278 do_viminfo(FILE *fp_in, FILE *fp_out, int flags)
2279 {
2280     int		eof = FALSE;
2281     vir_T	vir;
2282     int		merge = FALSE;
2283     int		do_copy_marks = FALSE;
2284     garray_T	buflist;
2285 
2286     if ((vir.vir_line = alloc(LSIZE)) == NULL)
2287 	return;
2288     vir.vir_fd = fp_in;
2289     vir.vir_conv.vc_type = CONV_NONE;
2290     ga_init2(&vir.vir_barlines, (int)sizeof(char_u *), 100);
2291     vir.vir_version = -1;
2292 
2293     if (fp_in != NULL)
2294     {
2295 	if (flags & VIF_WANT_INFO)
2296 	{
2297 	    if (fp_out != NULL)
2298 	    {
2299 		/* Registers and marks are read and kept separate from what
2300 		 * this Vim is using.  They are merged when writing. */
2301 		prepare_viminfo_registers();
2302 		prepare_viminfo_marks();
2303 	    }
2304 
2305 	    eof = read_viminfo_up_to_marks(&vir,
2306 					 flags & VIF_FORCEIT, fp_out != NULL);
2307 	    merge = TRUE;
2308 	}
2309 	else if (flags != 0)
2310 	    /* Skip info, find start of marks */
2311 	    while (!(eof = viminfo_readline(&vir))
2312 		    && vir.vir_line[0] != '>')
2313 		;
2314 
2315 	do_copy_marks = (flags &
2316 			   (VIF_WANT_MARKS | VIF_GET_OLDFILES | VIF_FORCEIT));
2317     }
2318 
2319     if (fp_out != NULL)
2320     {
2321 	/* Write the info: */
2322 	fprintf(fp_out, _("# This viminfo file was generated by Vim %s.\n"),
2323 							  VIM_VERSION_MEDIUM);
2324 	fputs(_("# You may edit it if you're careful!\n\n"), fp_out);
2325 	write_viminfo_version(fp_out);
2326 	fputs(_("# Value of 'encoding' when this file was written\n"), fp_out);
2327 	fprintf(fp_out, "*encoding=%s\n\n", p_enc);
2328 	write_viminfo_search_pattern(fp_out);
2329 	write_viminfo_sub_string(fp_out);
2330 #ifdef FEAT_CMDHIST
2331 	write_viminfo_history(fp_out, merge);
2332 #endif
2333 	write_viminfo_registers(fp_out);
2334 	finish_viminfo_registers();
2335 #ifdef FEAT_EVAL
2336 	write_viminfo_varlist(fp_out);
2337 #endif
2338 	write_viminfo_filemarks(fp_out);
2339 	finish_viminfo_marks();
2340 	write_viminfo_bufferlist(fp_out);
2341 	write_viminfo_barlines(&vir, fp_out);
2342 
2343 	if (do_copy_marks)
2344 	    ga_init2(&buflist, sizeof(buf_T *), 50);
2345 	write_viminfo_marks(fp_out, do_copy_marks ? &buflist : NULL);
2346     }
2347 
2348     if (do_copy_marks)
2349     {
2350 	copy_viminfo_marks(&vir, fp_out, &buflist, eof, flags);
2351 	if (fp_out != NULL)
2352 	    ga_clear(&buflist);
2353     }
2354 
2355     vim_free(vir.vir_line);
2356     if (vir.vir_conv.vc_type != CONV_NONE)
2357 	convert_setup(&vir.vir_conv, NULL, NULL);
2358     ga_clear_strings(&vir.vir_barlines);
2359 }
2360 
2361 /*
2362  * read_viminfo_up_to_marks() -- Only called from do_viminfo().  Reads in the
2363  * first part of the viminfo file which contains everything but the marks that
2364  * are local to a file.  Returns TRUE when end-of-file is reached. -- webb
2365  */
2366     static int
2367 read_viminfo_up_to_marks(
2368     vir_T	*virp,
2369     int		forceit,
2370     int		writing)
2371 {
2372     int		eof;
2373     buf_T	*buf;
2374     int		got_encoding = FALSE;
2375 
2376 #ifdef FEAT_CMDHIST
2377     prepare_viminfo_history(forceit ? 9999 : 0, writing);
2378 #endif
2379 
2380     eof = viminfo_readline(virp);
2381     while (!eof && virp->vir_line[0] != '>')
2382     {
2383 	switch (virp->vir_line[0])
2384 	{
2385 		/* Characters reserved for future expansion, ignored now */
2386 	    case '+': /* "+40 /path/dir file", for running vim without args */
2387 	    case '^': /* to be defined */
2388 	    case '<': /* long line - ignored */
2389 		/* A comment or empty line. */
2390 	    case NUL:
2391 	    case '\r':
2392 	    case '\n':
2393 	    case '#':
2394 		eof = viminfo_readline(virp);
2395 		break;
2396 	    case '|':
2397 		eof = read_viminfo_barline(virp, got_encoding,
2398 							    forceit, writing);
2399 		break;
2400 	    case '*': /* "*encoding=value" */
2401 		got_encoding = TRUE;
2402 		eof = viminfo_encoding(virp);
2403 		break;
2404 	    case '!': /* global variable */
2405 #ifdef FEAT_EVAL
2406 		eof = read_viminfo_varlist(virp, writing);
2407 #else
2408 		eof = viminfo_readline(virp);
2409 #endif
2410 		break;
2411 	    case '%': /* entry for buffer list */
2412 		eof = read_viminfo_bufferlist(virp, writing);
2413 		break;
2414 	    case '"':
2415 		/* When registers are in bar lines skip the old style register
2416 		 * lines. */
2417 		if (virp->vir_version < VIMINFO_VERSION_WITH_REGISTERS)
2418 		    eof = read_viminfo_register(virp, forceit);
2419 		else
2420 		    do {
2421 			eof = viminfo_readline(virp);
2422 		    } while (!eof && (virp->vir_line[0] == TAB
2423 						|| virp->vir_line[0] == '<'));
2424 		break;
2425 	    case '/':	    /* Search string */
2426 	    case '&':	    /* Substitute search string */
2427 	    case '~':	    /* Last search string, followed by '/' or '&' */
2428 		eof = read_viminfo_search_pattern(virp, forceit);
2429 		break;
2430 	    case '$':
2431 		eof = read_viminfo_sub_string(virp, forceit);
2432 		break;
2433 	    case ':':
2434 	    case '?':
2435 	    case '=':
2436 	    case '@':
2437 #ifdef FEAT_CMDHIST
2438 		/* When history is in bar lines skip the old style history
2439 		 * lines. */
2440 		if (virp->vir_version < VIMINFO_VERSION_WITH_HISTORY)
2441 		    eof = read_viminfo_history(virp, writing);
2442 		else
2443 #endif
2444 		    eof = viminfo_readline(virp);
2445 		break;
2446 	    case '-':
2447 	    case '\'':
2448 		/* When file marks are in bar lines skip the old style lines. */
2449 		if (virp->vir_version < VIMINFO_VERSION_WITH_MARKS)
2450 		    eof = read_viminfo_filemark(virp, forceit);
2451 		else
2452 		    eof = viminfo_readline(virp);
2453 		break;
2454 	    default:
2455 		if (viminfo_error("E575: ", _("Illegal starting char"),
2456 			    virp->vir_line))
2457 		    eof = TRUE;
2458 		else
2459 		    eof = viminfo_readline(virp);
2460 		break;
2461 	}
2462     }
2463 
2464 #ifdef FEAT_CMDHIST
2465     /* Finish reading history items. */
2466     if (!writing)
2467 	finish_viminfo_history(virp);
2468 #endif
2469 
2470     /* Change file names to buffer numbers for fmarks. */
2471     FOR_ALL_BUFFERS(buf)
2472 	fmarks_check_names(buf);
2473 
2474     return eof;
2475 }
2476 
2477 /*
2478  * Compare the 'encoding' value in the viminfo file with the current value of
2479  * 'encoding'.  If different and the 'c' flag is in 'viminfo', setup for
2480  * conversion of text with iconv() in viminfo_readstring().
2481  */
2482     static int
2483 viminfo_encoding(vir_T *virp)
2484 {
2485     char_u	*p;
2486     int		i;
2487 
2488     if (get_viminfo_parameter('c') != 0)
2489     {
2490 	p = vim_strchr(virp->vir_line, '=');
2491 	if (p != NULL)
2492 	{
2493 	    /* remove trailing newline */
2494 	    ++p;
2495 	    for (i = 0; vim_isprintc(p[i]); ++i)
2496 		;
2497 	    p[i] = NUL;
2498 
2499 	    convert_setup(&virp->vir_conv, p, p_enc);
2500 	}
2501     }
2502     return viminfo_readline(virp);
2503 }
2504 
2505 /*
2506  * Read a line from the viminfo file.
2507  * Returns TRUE for end-of-file;
2508  */
2509     int
2510 viminfo_readline(vir_T *virp)
2511 {
2512     return vim_fgets(virp->vir_line, LSIZE, virp->vir_fd);
2513 }
2514 
2515 /*
2516  * Check string read from viminfo file.
2517  * Remove '\n' at the end of the line.
2518  * - replace CTRL-V CTRL-V with CTRL-V
2519  * - replace CTRL-V 'n'    with '\n'
2520  *
2521  * Check for a long line as written by viminfo_writestring().
2522  *
2523  * Return the string in allocated memory (NULL when out of memory).
2524  */
2525     char_u *
2526 viminfo_readstring(
2527     vir_T	*virp,
2528     int		off,		    /* offset for virp->vir_line */
2529     int		convert UNUSED)	    /* convert the string */
2530 {
2531     char_u	*retval;
2532     char_u	*s, *d;
2533     long	len;
2534 
2535     if (virp->vir_line[off] == Ctrl_V && vim_isdigit(virp->vir_line[off + 1]))
2536     {
2537 	len = atol((char *)virp->vir_line + off + 1);
2538 	retval = lalloc(len, TRUE);
2539 	if (retval == NULL)
2540 	{
2541 	    /* Line too long?  File messed up?  Skip next line. */
2542 	    (void)vim_fgets(virp->vir_line, 10, virp->vir_fd);
2543 	    return NULL;
2544 	}
2545 	(void)vim_fgets(retval, (int)len, virp->vir_fd);
2546 	s = retval + 1;	    /* Skip the leading '<' */
2547     }
2548     else
2549     {
2550 	retval = vim_strsave(virp->vir_line + off);
2551 	if (retval == NULL)
2552 	    return NULL;
2553 	s = retval;
2554     }
2555 
2556     /* Change CTRL-V CTRL-V to CTRL-V and CTRL-V n to \n in-place. */
2557     d = retval;
2558     while (*s != NUL && *s != '\n')
2559     {
2560 	if (s[0] == Ctrl_V && s[1] != NUL)
2561 	{
2562 	    if (s[1] == 'n')
2563 		*d++ = '\n';
2564 	    else
2565 		*d++ = Ctrl_V;
2566 	    s += 2;
2567 	}
2568 	else
2569 	    *d++ = *s++;
2570     }
2571     *d = NUL;
2572 
2573     if (convert && virp->vir_conv.vc_type != CONV_NONE && *retval != NUL)
2574     {
2575 	d = string_convert(&virp->vir_conv, retval, NULL);
2576 	if (d != NULL)
2577 	{
2578 	    vim_free(retval);
2579 	    retval = d;
2580 	}
2581     }
2582 
2583     return retval;
2584 }
2585 
2586 /*
2587  * write string to viminfo file
2588  * - replace CTRL-V with CTRL-V CTRL-V
2589  * - replace '\n'   with CTRL-V 'n'
2590  * - add a '\n' at the end
2591  *
2592  * For a long line:
2593  * - write " CTRL-V <length> \n " in first line
2594  * - write " < <string> \n "	  in second line
2595  */
2596     void
2597 viminfo_writestring(FILE *fd, char_u *p)
2598 {
2599     int		c;
2600     char_u	*s;
2601     int		len = 0;
2602 
2603     for (s = p; *s != NUL; ++s)
2604     {
2605 	if (*s == Ctrl_V || *s == '\n')
2606 	    ++len;
2607 	++len;
2608     }
2609 
2610     /* If the string will be too long, write its length and put it in the next
2611      * line.  Take into account that some room is needed for what comes before
2612      * the string (e.g., variable name).  Add something to the length for the
2613      * '<', NL and trailing NUL. */
2614     if (len > LSIZE / 2)
2615 	fprintf(fd, IF_EB("\026%d\n<", CTRL_V_STR "%d\n<"), len + 3);
2616 
2617     while ((c = *p++) != NUL)
2618     {
2619 	if (c == Ctrl_V || c == '\n')
2620 	{
2621 	    putc(Ctrl_V, fd);
2622 	    if (c == '\n')
2623 		c = 'n';
2624 	}
2625 	putc(c, fd);
2626     }
2627     putc('\n', fd);
2628 }
2629 
2630 /*
2631  * Write a string in quotes that barline_parse() can read back.
2632  * Breaks the line in less than LSIZE pieces when needed.
2633  * Returns remaining characters in the line.
2634  */
2635     int
2636 barline_writestring(FILE *fd, char_u *s, int remaining_start)
2637 {
2638     char_u *p;
2639     int	    remaining = remaining_start;
2640     int	    len = 2;
2641 
2642     /* Count the number of characters produced, including quotes. */
2643     for (p = s; *p != NUL; ++p)
2644     {
2645 	if (*p == NL)
2646 	    len += 2;
2647 	else if (*p == '"' || *p == '\\')
2648 	    len += 2;
2649 	else
2650 	    ++len;
2651     }
2652     if (len > remaining - 2)
2653     {
2654 	fprintf(fd, ">%d\n|<", len);
2655 	remaining = LSIZE - 20;
2656     }
2657 
2658     putc('"', fd);
2659     for (p = s; *p != NUL; ++p)
2660     {
2661 	if (*p == NL)
2662 	{
2663 	    putc('\\', fd);
2664 	    putc('n', fd);
2665 	    --remaining;
2666 	}
2667 	else if (*p == '"' || *p == '\\')
2668 	{
2669 	    putc('\\', fd);
2670 	    putc(*p, fd);
2671 	    --remaining;
2672 	}
2673 	else
2674 	    putc(*p, fd);
2675 	--remaining;
2676 
2677 	if (remaining < 3)
2678 	{
2679 	    putc('\n', fd);
2680 	    putc('|', fd);
2681 	    putc('<', fd);
2682 	    /* Leave enough space for another continuation. */
2683 	    remaining = LSIZE - 20;
2684 	}
2685     }
2686     putc('"', fd);
2687     return remaining - 2;
2688 }
2689 
2690 /*
2691  * Parse a viminfo line starting with '|'.
2692  * Add each decoded value to "values".
2693  * Returns TRUE if the next line is to be read after using the parsed values.
2694  */
2695     static int
2696 barline_parse(vir_T *virp, char_u *text, garray_T *values)
2697 {
2698     char_u  *p = text;
2699     char_u  *nextp = NULL;
2700     char_u  *buf = NULL;
2701     bval_T  *value;
2702     int	    i;
2703     int	    allocated = FALSE;
2704     int	    eof;
2705     char_u  *sconv;
2706     int	    converted;
2707 
2708     while (*p == ',')
2709     {
2710 	++p;
2711 	if (ga_grow(values, 1) == FAIL)
2712 	    break;
2713 	value = (bval_T *)(values->ga_data) + values->ga_len;
2714 
2715 	if (*p == '>')
2716 	{
2717 	    /* Need to read a continuation line.  Put strings in allocated
2718 	     * memory, because virp->vir_line is overwritten. */
2719 	    if (!allocated)
2720 	    {
2721 		for (i = 0; i < values->ga_len; ++i)
2722 		{
2723 		    bval_T  *vp = (bval_T *)(values->ga_data) + i;
2724 
2725 		    if (vp->bv_type == BVAL_STRING && !vp->bv_allocated)
2726 		    {
2727 			vp->bv_string = vim_strnsave(vp->bv_string, vp->bv_len);
2728 			vp->bv_allocated = TRUE;
2729 		    }
2730 		}
2731 		allocated = TRUE;
2732 	    }
2733 
2734 	    if (vim_isdigit(p[1]))
2735 	    {
2736 		size_t len;
2737 		size_t todo;
2738 		size_t n;
2739 
2740 		/* String value was split into lines that are each shorter
2741 		 * than LSIZE:
2742 		 *     |{bartype},>{length of "{text}{text2}"}
2743 		 *     |<"{text1}
2744 		 *     |<{text2}",{value}
2745 		 * Length includes the quotes.
2746 		 */
2747 		++p;
2748 		len = getdigits(&p);
2749 		buf = alloc((int)(len + 1));
2750 		if (buf == NULL)
2751 		    return TRUE;
2752 		p = buf;
2753 		for (todo = len; todo > 0; todo -= n)
2754 		{
2755 		    eof = viminfo_readline(virp);
2756 		    if (eof || virp->vir_line[0] != '|'
2757 						  || virp->vir_line[1] != '<')
2758 		    {
2759 			/* File was truncated or garbled. Read another line if
2760 			 * this one starts with '|'. */
2761 			vim_free(buf);
2762 			return eof || virp->vir_line[0] == '|';
2763 		    }
2764 		    /* Get length of text, excluding |< and NL chars. */
2765 		    n = STRLEN(virp->vir_line);
2766 		    while (n > 0 && (virp->vir_line[n - 1] == NL
2767 					     || virp->vir_line[n - 1] == CAR))
2768 			--n;
2769 		    n -= 2;
2770 		    if (n > todo)
2771 		    {
2772 			/* more values follow after the string */
2773 			nextp = virp->vir_line + 2 + todo;
2774 			n = todo;
2775 		    }
2776 		    mch_memmove(p, virp->vir_line + 2, n);
2777 		    p += n;
2778 		}
2779 		*p = NUL;
2780 		p = buf;
2781 	    }
2782 	    else
2783 	    {
2784 		/* Line ending in ">" continues in the next line:
2785 		 *     |{bartype},{lots of values},>
2786 		 *     |<{value},{value}
2787 		 */
2788 		eof = viminfo_readline(virp);
2789 		if (eof || virp->vir_line[0] != '|'
2790 					      || virp->vir_line[1] != '<')
2791 		    /* File was truncated or garbled. Read another line if
2792 		     * this one starts with '|'. */
2793 		    return eof || virp->vir_line[0] == '|';
2794 		p = virp->vir_line + 2;
2795 	    }
2796 	}
2797 
2798 	if (isdigit(*p))
2799 	{
2800 	    value->bv_type = BVAL_NR;
2801 	    value->bv_nr = getdigits(&p);
2802 	    ++values->ga_len;
2803 	}
2804 	else if (*p == '"')
2805 	{
2806 	    int	    len = 0;
2807 	    char_u  *s = p;
2808 
2809 	    /* Unescape special characters in-place. */
2810 	    ++p;
2811 	    while (*p != '"')
2812 	    {
2813 		if (*p == NL || *p == NUL)
2814 		    return TRUE;  /* syntax error, drop the value */
2815 		if (*p == '\\')
2816 		{
2817 		    ++p;
2818 		    if (*p == 'n')
2819 			s[len++] = '\n';
2820 		    else
2821 			s[len++] = *p;
2822 		    ++p;
2823 		}
2824 		else
2825 		    s[len++] = *p++;
2826 	    }
2827 	    ++p;
2828 	    s[len] = NUL;
2829 
2830 	    converted = FALSE;
2831 	    if (virp->vir_conv.vc_type != CONV_NONE && *s != NUL)
2832 	    {
2833 		sconv = string_convert(&virp->vir_conv, s, NULL);
2834 		if (sconv != NULL)
2835 		{
2836 		    if (s == buf)
2837 			vim_free(s);
2838 		    s = sconv;
2839 		    buf = s;
2840 		    converted = TRUE;
2841 		}
2842 	    }
2843 
2844 	    /* Need to copy in allocated memory if the string wasn't allocated
2845 	     * above and we did allocate before, thus vir_line may change. */
2846 	    if (s != buf && allocated)
2847 		s = vim_strsave(s);
2848 	    value->bv_string = s;
2849 	    value->bv_type = BVAL_STRING;
2850 	    value->bv_len = len;
2851 	    value->bv_allocated = allocated || converted;
2852 	    ++values->ga_len;
2853 	    if (nextp != NULL)
2854 	    {
2855 		/* values following a long string */
2856 		p = nextp;
2857 		nextp = NULL;
2858 	    }
2859 	}
2860 	else if (*p == ',')
2861 	{
2862 	    value->bv_type = BVAL_EMPTY;
2863 	    ++values->ga_len;
2864 	}
2865 	else
2866 	    break;
2867     }
2868     return TRUE;
2869 }
2870 
2871     static int
2872 read_viminfo_barline(vir_T *virp, int got_encoding, int force, int writing)
2873 {
2874     char_u	*p = virp->vir_line + 1;
2875     int		bartype;
2876     garray_T	values;
2877     bval_T	*vp;
2878     int		i;
2879     int		read_next = TRUE;
2880 
2881     /* The format is: |{bartype},{value},...
2882      * For a very long string:
2883      *     |{bartype},>{length of "{text}{text2}"}
2884      *     |<{text1}
2885      *     |<{text2},{value}
2886      * For a long line not using a string
2887      *     |{bartype},{lots of values},>
2888      *     |<{value},{value}
2889      */
2890     if (*p == '<')
2891     {
2892 	/* Continuation line of an unrecognized item. */
2893 	if (writing)
2894 	    ga_add_string(&virp->vir_barlines, virp->vir_line);
2895     }
2896     else
2897     {
2898 	ga_init2(&values, sizeof(bval_T), 20);
2899 	bartype = getdigits(&p);
2900 	switch (bartype)
2901 	{
2902 	    case BARTYPE_VERSION:
2903 		/* Only use the version when it comes before the encoding.
2904 		 * If it comes later it was copied by a Vim version that
2905 		 * doesn't understand the version. */
2906 		if (!got_encoding)
2907 		{
2908 		    read_next = barline_parse(virp, p, &values);
2909 		    vp = (bval_T *)values.ga_data;
2910 		    if (values.ga_len > 0 && vp->bv_type == BVAL_NR)
2911 			virp->vir_version = vp->bv_nr;
2912 		}
2913 		break;
2914 
2915 	    case BARTYPE_HISTORY:
2916 		read_next = barline_parse(virp, p, &values);
2917 		handle_viminfo_history(&values, writing);
2918 		break;
2919 
2920 	    case BARTYPE_REGISTER:
2921 		read_next = barline_parse(virp, p, &values);
2922 		handle_viminfo_register(&values, force);
2923 		break;
2924 
2925 	    case BARTYPE_MARK:
2926 		read_next = barline_parse(virp, p, &values);
2927 		handle_viminfo_mark(&values, force);
2928 		break;
2929 
2930 	    default:
2931 		/* copy unrecognized line (for future use) */
2932 		if (writing)
2933 		    ga_add_string(&virp->vir_barlines, virp->vir_line);
2934 	}
2935 	for (i = 0; i < values.ga_len; ++i)
2936 	{
2937 	    vp = (bval_T *)values.ga_data + i;
2938 	    if (vp->bv_type == BVAL_STRING && vp->bv_allocated)
2939 		vim_free(vp->bv_string);
2940 	}
2941 	ga_clear(&values);
2942     }
2943 
2944     if (read_next)
2945 	return viminfo_readline(virp);
2946     return FALSE;
2947 }
2948 
2949     static void
2950 write_viminfo_version(FILE *fp_out)
2951 {
2952     fprintf(fp_out, "# Viminfo version\n|%d,%d\n\n",
2953 					    BARTYPE_VERSION, VIMINFO_VERSION);
2954 }
2955 
2956     static void
2957 write_viminfo_barlines(vir_T *virp, FILE *fp_out)
2958 {
2959     int		i;
2960     garray_T	*gap = &virp->vir_barlines;
2961     int		seen_useful = FALSE;
2962     char	*line;
2963 
2964     if (gap->ga_len > 0)
2965     {
2966 	fputs(_("\n# Bar lines, copied verbatim:\n"), fp_out);
2967 
2968 	/* Skip over continuation lines until seeing a useful line. */
2969 	for (i = 0; i < gap->ga_len; ++i)
2970 	{
2971 	    line = ((char **)(gap->ga_data))[i];
2972 	    if (seen_useful || line[1] != '<')
2973 	    {
2974 		fputs(line, fp_out);
2975 		seen_useful = TRUE;
2976 	    }
2977 	}
2978     }
2979 }
2980 #endif /* FEAT_VIMINFO */
2981 
2982 /*
2983  * Return the current time in seconds.  Calls time(), unless test_settime()
2984  * was used.
2985  */
2986     time_T
2987 vim_time(void)
2988 {
2989 # ifdef FEAT_EVAL
2990     return time_for_testing == 0 ? time(NULL) : time_for_testing;
2991 # else
2992     return time(NULL);
2993 # endif
2994 }
2995 
2996 /*
2997  * Implementation of ":fixdel", also used by get_stty().
2998  *  <BS>    resulting <Del>
2999  *   ^?		^H
3000  * not ^?	^?
3001  */
3002     void
3003 do_fixdel(exarg_T *eap UNUSED)
3004 {
3005     char_u  *p;
3006 
3007     p = find_termcode((char_u *)"kb");
3008     add_termcode((char_u *)"kD", p != NULL
3009 	    && *p == DEL ? (char_u *)CTRL_H_STR : DEL_STR, FALSE);
3010 }
3011 
3012     void
3013 print_line_no_prefix(
3014     linenr_T	lnum,
3015     int		use_number,
3016     int		list)
3017 {
3018     char	numbuf[30];
3019 
3020     if (curwin->w_p_nu || use_number)
3021     {
3022 	vim_snprintf(numbuf, sizeof(numbuf),
3023 				   "%*ld ", number_width(curwin), (long)lnum);
3024 	msg_puts_attr(numbuf, HL_ATTR(HLF_N));	/* Highlight line nrs */
3025     }
3026     msg_prt_line(ml_get(lnum), list);
3027 }
3028 
3029 /*
3030  * Print a text line.  Also in silent mode ("ex -s").
3031  */
3032     void
3033 print_line(linenr_T lnum, int use_number, int list)
3034 {
3035     int		save_silent = silent_mode;
3036 
3037     /* apply :filter /pat/ */
3038     if (message_filtered(ml_get(lnum)))
3039 	return;
3040 
3041     msg_start();
3042     silent_mode = FALSE;
3043     info_message = TRUE;	/* use mch_msg(), not mch_errmsg() */
3044     print_line_no_prefix(lnum, use_number, list);
3045     if (save_silent)
3046     {
3047 	msg_putchar('\n');
3048 	cursor_on();		/* msg_start() switches it off */
3049 	out_flush();
3050 	silent_mode = save_silent;
3051     }
3052     info_message = FALSE;
3053 }
3054 
3055     int
3056 rename_buffer(char_u *new_fname)
3057 {
3058     char_u	*fname, *sfname, *xfname;
3059     buf_T	*buf;
3060 
3061     buf = curbuf;
3062     apply_autocmds(EVENT_BUFFILEPRE, NULL, NULL, FALSE, curbuf);
3063     /* buffer changed, don't change name now */
3064     if (buf != curbuf)
3065 	return FAIL;
3066 #ifdef FEAT_EVAL
3067     if (aborting())	    /* autocmds may abort script processing */
3068 	return FAIL;
3069 #endif
3070     /*
3071      * The name of the current buffer will be changed.
3072      * A new (unlisted) buffer entry needs to be made to hold the old file
3073      * name, which will become the alternate file name.
3074      * But don't set the alternate file name if the buffer didn't have a
3075      * name.
3076      */
3077     fname = curbuf->b_ffname;
3078     sfname = curbuf->b_sfname;
3079     xfname = curbuf->b_fname;
3080     curbuf->b_ffname = NULL;
3081     curbuf->b_sfname = NULL;
3082     if (setfname(curbuf, new_fname, NULL, TRUE) == FAIL)
3083     {
3084 	curbuf->b_ffname = fname;
3085 	curbuf->b_sfname = sfname;
3086 	return FAIL;
3087     }
3088     curbuf->b_flags |= BF_NOTEDITED;
3089     if (xfname != NULL && *xfname != NUL)
3090     {
3091 	buf = buflist_new(fname, xfname, curwin->w_cursor.lnum, 0);
3092 	if (buf != NULL && !cmdmod.keepalt)
3093 	    curwin->w_alt_fnum = buf->b_fnum;
3094     }
3095     vim_free(fname);
3096     vim_free(sfname);
3097     apply_autocmds(EVENT_BUFFILEPOST, NULL, NULL, FALSE, curbuf);
3098 
3099     /* Change directories when the 'acd' option is set. */
3100     DO_AUTOCHDIR;
3101     return OK;
3102 }
3103 
3104 /*
3105  * ":file[!] [fname]".
3106  */
3107     void
3108 ex_file(exarg_T *eap)
3109 {
3110     /* ":0file" removes the file name.  Check for illegal uses ":3file",
3111      * "0file name", etc. */
3112     if (eap->addr_count > 0
3113 	    && (*eap->arg != NUL
3114 		|| eap->line2 > 0
3115 		|| eap->addr_count > 1))
3116     {
3117 	emsg(_(e_invarg));
3118 	return;
3119     }
3120 
3121     if (*eap->arg != NUL || eap->addr_count == 1)
3122     {
3123 	if (rename_buffer(eap->arg) == FAIL)
3124 	    return;
3125 	redraw_tabline = TRUE;
3126     }
3127 
3128     // print file name if no argument or 'F' is not in 'shortmess'
3129     if (*eap->arg == NUL || !shortmess(SHM_FILEINFO))
3130 	fileinfo(FALSE, FALSE, eap->forceit);
3131 }
3132 
3133 /*
3134  * ":update".
3135  */
3136     void
3137 ex_update(exarg_T *eap)
3138 {
3139     if (curbufIsChanged())
3140 	(void)do_write(eap);
3141 }
3142 
3143 /*
3144  * ":write" and ":saveas".
3145  */
3146     void
3147 ex_write(exarg_T *eap)
3148 {
3149     if (eap->cmdidx == CMD_saveas)
3150     {
3151 	// :saveas does not take a range, uses all lines.
3152 	eap->line1 = 1;
3153 	eap->line2 = curbuf->b_ml.ml_line_count;
3154     }
3155 
3156     if (eap->usefilter)		/* input lines to shell command */
3157 	do_bang(1, eap, FALSE, TRUE, FALSE);
3158     else
3159 	(void)do_write(eap);
3160 }
3161 
3162 /*
3163  * write current buffer to file 'eap->arg'
3164  * if 'eap->append' is TRUE, append to the file
3165  *
3166  * if *eap->arg == NUL write to current file
3167  *
3168  * return FAIL for failure, OK otherwise
3169  */
3170     int
3171 do_write(exarg_T *eap)
3172 {
3173     int		other;
3174     char_u	*fname = NULL;		/* init to shut up gcc */
3175     char_u	*ffname;
3176     int		retval = FAIL;
3177     char_u	*free_fname = NULL;
3178 #ifdef FEAT_BROWSE
3179     char_u	*browse_file = NULL;
3180 #endif
3181     buf_T	*alt_buf = NULL;
3182     int		name_was_missing;
3183 
3184     if (not_writing())		/* check 'write' option */
3185 	return FAIL;
3186 
3187     ffname = eap->arg;
3188 #ifdef FEAT_BROWSE
3189     if (cmdmod.browse)
3190     {
3191 	browse_file = do_browse(BROWSE_SAVE, (char_u *)_("Save As"), ffname,
3192 						    NULL, NULL, NULL, curbuf);
3193 	if (browse_file == NULL)
3194 	    goto theend;
3195 	ffname = browse_file;
3196     }
3197 #endif
3198     if (*ffname == NUL)
3199     {
3200 	if (eap->cmdidx == CMD_saveas)
3201 	{
3202 	    emsg(_(e_argreq));
3203 	    goto theend;
3204 	}
3205 	other = FALSE;
3206     }
3207     else
3208     {
3209 	fname = ffname;
3210 	free_fname = fix_fname(ffname);
3211 	/*
3212 	 * When out-of-memory, keep unexpanded file name, because we MUST be
3213 	 * able to write the file in this situation.
3214 	 */
3215 	if (free_fname != NULL)
3216 	    ffname = free_fname;
3217 	other = otherfile(ffname);
3218     }
3219 
3220     /*
3221      * If we have a new file, put its name in the list of alternate file names.
3222      */
3223     if (other)
3224     {
3225 	if (vim_strchr(p_cpo, CPO_ALTWRITE) != NULL
3226 						 || eap->cmdidx == CMD_saveas)
3227 	    alt_buf = setaltfname(ffname, fname, (linenr_T)1);
3228 	else
3229 	    alt_buf = buflist_findname(ffname);
3230 	if (alt_buf != NULL && alt_buf->b_ml.ml_mfp != NULL)
3231 	{
3232 	    /* Overwriting a file that is loaded in another buffer is not a
3233 	     * good idea. */
3234 	    emsg(_(e_bufloaded));
3235 	    goto theend;
3236 	}
3237     }
3238 
3239     /*
3240      * Writing to the current file is not allowed in readonly mode
3241      * and a file name is required.
3242      * "nofile" and "nowrite" buffers cannot be written implicitly either.
3243      */
3244     if (!other && (
3245 #ifdef FEAT_QUICKFIX
3246 		bt_dontwrite_msg(curbuf) ||
3247 #endif
3248 		check_fname() == FAIL || check_readonly(&eap->forceit, curbuf)))
3249 	goto theend;
3250 
3251     if (!other)
3252     {
3253 	ffname = curbuf->b_ffname;
3254 	fname = curbuf->b_fname;
3255 	/*
3256 	 * Not writing the whole file is only allowed with '!'.
3257 	 */
3258 	if (	   (eap->line1 != 1
3259 		    || eap->line2 != curbuf->b_ml.ml_line_count)
3260 		&& !eap->forceit
3261 		&& !eap->append
3262 		&& !p_wa)
3263 	{
3264 #if defined(FEAT_GUI_DIALOG) || defined(FEAT_CON_DIALOG)
3265 	    if (p_confirm || cmdmod.confirm)
3266 	    {
3267 		if (vim_dialog_yesno(VIM_QUESTION, NULL,
3268 			       (char_u *)_("Write partial file?"), 2) != VIM_YES)
3269 		    goto theend;
3270 		eap->forceit = TRUE;
3271 	    }
3272 	    else
3273 #endif
3274 	    {
3275 		emsg(_("E140: Use ! to write partial buffer"));
3276 		goto theend;
3277 	    }
3278 	}
3279     }
3280 
3281     if (check_overwrite(eap, curbuf, fname, ffname, other) == OK)
3282     {
3283 	if (eap->cmdidx == CMD_saveas && alt_buf != NULL)
3284 	{
3285 	    buf_T	*was_curbuf = curbuf;
3286 
3287 	    apply_autocmds(EVENT_BUFFILEPRE, NULL, NULL, FALSE, curbuf);
3288 	    apply_autocmds(EVENT_BUFFILEPRE, NULL, NULL, FALSE, alt_buf);
3289 #ifdef FEAT_EVAL
3290 	    if (curbuf != was_curbuf || aborting())
3291 #else
3292 	    if (curbuf != was_curbuf)
3293 #endif
3294 	    {
3295 		/* buffer changed, don't change name now */
3296 		retval = FAIL;
3297 		goto theend;
3298 	    }
3299 	    /* Exchange the file names for the current and the alternate
3300 	     * buffer.  This makes it look like we are now editing the buffer
3301 	     * under the new name.  Must be done before buf_write(), because
3302 	     * if there is no file name and 'cpo' contains 'F', it will set
3303 	     * the file name. */
3304 	    fname = alt_buf->b_fname;
3305 	    alt_buf->b_fname = curbuf->b_fname;
3306 	    curbuf->b_fname = fname;
3307 	    fname = alt_buf->b_ffname;
3308 	    alt_buf->b_ffname = curbuf->b_ffname;
3309 	    curbuf->b_ffname = fname;
3310 	    fname = alt_buf->b_sfname;
3311 	    alt_buf->b_sfname = curbuf->b_sfname;
3312 	    curbuf->b_sfname = fname;
3313 	    buf_name_changed(curbuf);
3314 
3315 	    apply_autocmds(EVENT_BUFFILEPOST, NULL, NULL, FALSE, curbuf);
3316 	    apply_autocmds(EVENT_BUFFILEPOST, NULL, NULL, FALSE, alt_buf);
3317 	    if (!alt_buf->b_p_bl)
3318 	    {
3319 		alt_buf->b_p_bl = TRUE;
3320 		apply_autocmds(EVENT_BUFADD, NULL, NULL, FALSE, alt_buf);
3321 	    }
3322 #ifdef FEAT_EVAL
3323 	    if (curbuf != was_curbuf || aborting())
3324 #else
3325 	    if (curbuf != was_curbuf)
3326 #endif
3327 	    {
3328 		/* buffer changed, don't write the file */
3329 		retval = FAIL;
3330 		goto theend;
3331 	    }
3332 
3333 	    /* If 'filetype' was empty try detecting it now. */
3334 	    if (*curbuf->b_p_ft == NUL)
3335 	    {
3336 		if (au_has_group((char_u *)"filetypedetect"))
3337 		    (void)do_doautocmd((char_u *)"filetypedetect BufRead",
3338 								  TRUE, NULL);
3339 		do_modelines(0);
3340 	    }
3341 
3342 	    /* Autocommands may have changed buffer names, esp. when
3343 	     * 'autochdir' is set. */
3344 	    fname = curbuf->b_sfname;
3345 	}
3346 
3347 	name_was_missing = curbuf->b_ffname == NULL;
3348 
3349 	retval = buf_write(curbuf, ffname, fname, eap->line1, eap->line2,
3350 				 eap, eap->append, eap->forceit, TRUE, FALSE);
3351 
3352 	/* After ":saveas fname" reset 'readonly'. */
3353 	if (eap->cmdidx == CMD_saveas)
3354 	{
3355 	    if (retval == OK)
3356 	    {
3357 		curbuf->b_p_ro = FALSE;
3358 		redraw_tabline = TRUE;
3359 	    }
3360 	}
3361 
3362 	/* Change directories when the 'acd' option is set and the file name
3363 	 * got changed or set. */
3364 	if (eap->cmdidx == CMD_saveas || name_was_missing)
3365 	    DO_AUTOCHDIR;
3366     }
3367 
3368 theend:
3369 #ifdef FEAT_BROWSE
3370     vim_free(browse_file);
3371 #endif
3372     vim_free(free_fname);
3373     return retval;
3374 }
3375 
3376 /*
3377  * Check if it is allowed to overwrite a file.  If b_flags has BF_NOTEDITED,
3378  * BF_NEW or BF_READERR, check for overwriting current file.
3379  * May set eap->forceit if a dialog says it's OK to overwrite.
3380  * Return OK if it's OK, FAIL if it is not.
3381  */
3382     int
3383 check_overwrite(
3384     exarg_T	*eap,
3385     buf_T	*buf,
3386     char_u	*fname,	    /* file name to be used (can differ from
3387 			       buf->ffname) */
3388     char_u	*ffname,    /* full path version of fname */
3389     int		other)	    /* writing under other name */
3390 {
3391     /*
3392      * write to other file or b_flags set or not writing the whole file:
3393      * overwriting only allowed with '!'
3394      */
3395     if (       (other
3396 		|| (buf->b_flags & BF_NOTEDITED)
3397 		|| ((buf->b_flags & BF_NEW)
3398 		    && vim_strchr(p_cpo, CPO_OVERNEW) == NULL)
3399 		|| (buf->b_flags & BF_READERR))
3400 	    && !p_wa
3401 #ifdef FEAT_QUICKFIX
3402 	    && !bt_nofile(buf)
3403 #endif
3404 	    && vim_fexists(ffname))
3405     {
3406 	if (!eap->forceit && !eap->append)
3407 	{
3408 #ifdef UNIX
3409 	    /* with UNIX it is possible to open a directory */
3410 	    if (mch_isdir(ffname))
3411 	    {
3412 		semsg(_(e_isadir2), ffname);
3413 		return FAIL;
3414 	    }
3415 #endif
3416 #if defined(FEAT_GUI_DIALOG) || defined(FEAT_CON_DIALOG)
3417 	    if (p_confirm || cmdmod.confirm)
3418 	    {
3419 		char_u	buff[DIALOG_MSG_SIZE];
3420 
3421 		dialog_msg(buff, _("Overwrite existing file \"%s\"?"), fname);
3422 		if (vim_dialog_yesno(VIM_QUESTION, NULL, buff, 2) != VIM_YES)
3423 		    return FAIL;
3424 		eap->forceit = TRUE;
3425 	    }
3426 	    else
3427 #endif
3428 	    {
3429 		emsg(_(e_exists));
3430 		return FAIL;
3431 	    }
3432 	}
3433 
3434 	/* For ":w! filename" check that no swap file exists for "filename". */
3435 	if (other && !emsg_silent)
3436 	{
3437 	    char_u	*dir;
3438 	    char_u	*p;
3439 	    int		r;
3440 	    char_u	*swapname;
3441 
3442 	    /* We only try the first entry in 'directory', without checking if
3443 	     * it's writable.  If the "." directory is not writable the write
3444 	     * will probably fail anyway.
3445 	     * Use 'shortname' of the current buffer, since there is no buffer
3446 	     * for the written file. */
3447 	    if (*p_dir == NUL)
3448 	    {
3449 		dir = alloc(5);
3450 		if (dir == NULL)
3451 		    return FAIL;
3452 		STRCPY(dir, ".");
3453 	    }
3454 	    else
3455 	    {
3456 		dir = alloc(MAXPATHL);
3457 		if (dir == NULL)
3458 		    return FAIL;
3459 		p = p_dir;
3460 		copy_option_part(&p, dir, MAXPATHL, ",");
3461 	    }
3462 	    swapname = makeswapname(fname, ffname, curbuf, dir);
3463 	    vim_free(dir);
3464 	    r = vim_fexists(swapname);
3465 	    if (r)
3466 	    {
3467 #if defined(FEAT_GUI_DIALOG) || defined(FEAT_CON_DIALOG)
3468 		if (p_confirm || cmdmod.confirm)
3469 		{
3470 		    char_u	buff[DIALOG_MSG_SIZE];
3471 
3472 		    dialog_msg(buff,
3473 			    _("Swap file \"%s\" exists, overwrite anyway?"),
3474 								    swapname);
3475 		    if (vim_dialog_yesno(VIM_QUESTION, NULL, buff, 2)
3476 								   != VIM_YES)
3477 		    {
3478 			vim_free(swapname);
3479 			return FAIL;
3480 		    }
3481 		    eap->forceit = TRUE;
3482 		}
3483 		else
3484 #endif
3485 		{
3486 		    semsg(_("E768: Swap file exists: %s (:silent! overrides)"),
3487 								    swapname);
3488 		    vim_free(swapname);
3489 		    return FAIL;
3490 		}
3491 	    }
3492 	    vim_free(swapname);
3493 	}
3494     }
3495     return OK;
3496 }
3497 
3498 /*
3499  * Handle ":wnext", ":wNext" and ":wprevious" commands.
3500  */
3501     void
3502 ex_wnext(exarg_T *eap)
3503 {
3504     int		i;
3505 
3506     if (eap->cmd[1] == 'n')
3507 	i = curwin->w_arg_idx + (int)eap->line2;
3508     else
3509 	i = curwin->w_arg_idx - (int)eap->line2;
3510     eap->line1 = 1;
3511     eap->line2 = curbuf->b_ml.ml_line_count;
3512     if (do_write(eap) != FAIL)
3513 	do_argfile(eap, i);
3514 }
3515 
3516 /*
3517  * ":wall", ":wqall" and ":xall": Write all changed files (and exit).
3518  */
3519     void
3520 do_wqall(exarg_T *eap)
3521 {
3522     buf_T	*buf;
3523     int		error = 0;
3524     int		save_forceit = eap->forceit;
3525 
3526     if (eap->cmdidx == CMD_xall || eap->cmdidx == CMD_wqall)
3527 	exiting = TRUE;
3528 
3529     FOR_ALL_BUFFERS(buf)
3530     {
3531 #ifdef FEAT_TERMINAL
3532 	if (exiting && term_job_running(buf->b_term))
3533 	{
3534 	    no_write_message_nobang(buf);
3535 	    ++error;
3536 	}
3537 	else
3538 #endif
3539 	if (bufIsChanged(buf) && !bt_dontwrite(buf))
3540 	{
3541 	    /*
3542 	     * Check if there is a reason the buffer cannot be written:
3543 	     * 1. if the 'write' option is set
3544 	     * 2. if there is no file name (even after browsing)
3545 	     * 3. if the 'readonly' is set (even after a dialog)
3546 	     * 4. if overwriting is allowed (even after a dialog)
3547 	     */
3548 	    if (not_writing())
3549 	    {
3550 		++error;
3551 		break;
3552 	    }
3553 #ifdef FEAT_BROWSE
3554 	    /* ":browse wall": ask for file name if there isn't one */
3555 	    if (buf->b_ffname == NULL && cmdmod.browse)
3556 		browse_save_fname(buf);
3557 #endif
3558 	    if (buf->b_ffname == NULL)
3559 	    {
3560 		semsg(_("E141: No file name for buffer %ld"), (long)buf->b_fnum);
3561 		++error;
3562 	    }
3563 	    else if (check_readonly(&eap->forceit, buf)
3564 		    || check_overwrite(eap, buf, buf->b_fname, buf->b_ffname,
3565 							       FALSE) == FAIL)
3566 	    {
3567 		++error;
3568 	    }
3569 	    else
3570 	    {
3571 		bufref_T bufref;
3572 
3573 		set_bufref(&bufref, buf);
3574 		if (buf_write_all(buf, eap->forceit) == FAIL)
3575 		    ++error;
3576 		/* an autocommand may have deleted the buffer */
3577 		if (!bufref_valid(&bufref))
3578 		    buf = firstbuf;
3579 	    }
3580 	    eap->forceit = save_forceit;    /* check_overwrite() may set it */
3581 	}
3582     }
3583     if (exiting)
3584     {
3585 	if (!error)
3586 	    getout(0);		/* exit Vim */
3587 	not_exiting();
3588     }
3589 }
3590 
3591 /*
3592  * Check the 'write' option.
3593  * Return TRUE and give a message when it's not st.
3594  */
3595     int
3596 not_writing(void)
3597 {
3598     if (p_write)
3599 	return FALSE;
3600     emsg(_("E142: File not written: Writing is disabled by 'write' option"));
3601     return TRUE;
3602 }
3603 
3604 /*
3605  * Check if a buffer is read-only (either 'readonly' option is set or file is
3606  * read-only). Ask for overruling in a dialog. Return TRUE and give an error
3607  * message when the buffer is readonly.
3608  */
3609     static int
3610 check_readonly(int *forceit, buf_T *buf)
3611 {
3612     stat_T	st;
3613 
3614     /* Handle a file being readonly when the 'readonly' option is set or when
3615      * the file exists and permissions are read-only.
3616      * We will send 0777 to check_file_readonly(), as the "perm" variable is
3617      * important for device checks but not here. */
3618     if (!*forceit && (buf->b_p_ro
3619 		|| (mch_stat((char *)buf->b_ffname, &st) >= 0
3620 		    && check_file_readonly(buf->b_ffname, 0777))))
3621     {
3622 #if defined(FEAT_GUI_DIALOG) || defined(FEAT_CON_DIALOG)
3623 	if ((p_confirm || cmdmod.confirm) && buf->b_fname != NULL)
3624 	{
3625 	    char_u	buff[DIALOG_MSG_SIZE];
3626 
3627 	    if (buf->b_p_ro)
3628 		dialog_msg(buff, _("'readonly' option is set for \"%s\".\nDo you wish to write anyway?"),
3629 		    buf->b_fname);
3630 	    else
3631 		dialog_msg(buff, _("File permissions of \"%s\" are read-only.\nIt may still be possible to write it.\nDo you wish to try?"),
3632 		    buf->b_fname);
3633 
3634 	    if (vim_dialog_yesno(VIM_QUESTION, NULL, buff, 2) == VIM_YES)
3635 	    {
3636 		/* Set forceit, to force the writing of a readonly file */
3637 		*forceit = TRUE;
3638 		return FALSE;
3639 	    }
3640 	    else
3641 		return TRUE;
3642 	}
3643 	else
3644 #endif
3645 	if (buf->b_p_ro)
3646 	    emsg(_(e_readonly));
3647 	else
3648 	    semsg(_("E505: \"%s\" is read-only (add ! to override)"),
3649 		    buf->b_fname);
3650 	return TRUE;
3651     }
3652 
3653     return FALSE;
3654 }
3655 
3656 /*
3657  * Try to abandon the current file and edit a new or existing file.
3658  * "fnum" is the number of the file, if zero use "ffname_arg"/"sfname_arg".
3659  * "lnum" is the line number for the cursor in the new file (if non-zero).
3660  *
3661  * Return:
3662  * GETFILE_ERROR for "normal" error,
3663  * GETFILE_NOT_WRITTEN for "not written" error,
3664  * GETFILE_SAME_FILE for success
3665  * GETFILE_OPEN_OTHER for successfully opening another file.
3666  */
3667     int
3668 getfile(
3669     int		fnum,
3670     char_u	*ffname_arg,
3671     char_u	*sfname_arg,
3672     int		setpm,
3673     linenr_T	lnum,
3674     int		forceit)
3675 {
3676     char_u	*ffname = ffname_arg;
3677     char_u	*sfname = sfname_arg;
3678     int		other;
3679     int		retval;
3680     char_u	*free_me = NULL;
3681 
3682     if (text_locked())
3683 	return GETFILE_ERROR;
3684     if (curbuf_locked())
3685 	return GETFILE_ERROR;
3686 
3687     if (fnum == 0)
3688     {
3689 					/* make ffname full path, set sfname */
3690 	fname_expand(curbuf, &ffname, &sfname);
3691 	other = otherfile(ffname);
3692 	free_me = ffname;		/* has been allocated, free() later */
3693     }
3694     else
3695 	other = (fnum != curbuf->b_fnum);
3696 
3697     if (other)
3698 	++no_wait_return;	    /* don't wait for autowrite message */
3699     if (other && !forceit && curbuf->b_nwindows == 1 && !buf_hide(curbuf)
3700 		   && curbufIsChanged() && autowrite(curbuf, forceit) == FAIL)
3701     {
3702 #if defined(FEAT_GUI_DIALOG) || defined(FEAT_CON_DIALOG)
3703 	if (p_confirm && p_write)
3704 	    dialog_changed(curbuf, FALSE);
3705 	if (curbufIsChanged())
3706 #endif
3707 	{
3708 	    if (other)
3709 		--no_wait_return;
3710 	    no_write_message();
3711 	    retval = GETFILE_NOT_WRITTEN;	/* file has been changed */
3712 	    goto theend;
3713 	}
3714     }
3715     if (other)
3716 	--no_wait_return;
3717     if (setpm)
3718 	setpcmark();
3719     if (!other)
3720     {
3721 	if (lnum != 0)
3722 	    curwin->w_cursor.lnum = lnum;
3723 	check_cursor_lnum();
3724 	beginline(BL_SOL | BL_FIX);
3725 	retval = GETFILE_SAME_FILE;	/* it's in the same file */
3726     }
3727     else if (do_ecmd(fnum, ffname, sfname, NULL, lnum,
3728 	     (buf_hide(curbuf) ? ECMD_HIDE : 0) + (forceit ? ECMD_FORCEIT : 0),
3729 		curwin) == OK)
3730 	retval = GETFILE_OPEN_OTHER;	/* opened another file */
3731     else
3732 	retval = GETFILE_ERROR;		/* error encountered */
3733 
3734 theend:
3735     vim_free(free_me);
3736     return retval;
3737 }
3738 
3739 /*
3740  * start editing a new file
3741  *
3742  *     fnum: file number; if zero use ffname/sfname
3743  *   ffname: the file name
3744  *		- full path if sfname used,
3745  *		- any file name if sfname is NULL
3746  *		- empty string to re-edit with the same file name (but may be
3747  *		    in a different directory)
3748  *		- NULL to start an empty buffer
3749  *   sfname: the short file name (or NULL)
3750  *	eap: contains the command to be executed after loading the file and
3751  *	     forced 'ff' and 'fenc'
3752  *  newlnum: if > 0: put cursor on this line number (if possible)
3753  *	     if ECMD_LASTL: use last position in loaded file
3754  *	     if ECMD_LAST: use last position in all files
3755  *	     if ECMD_ONE: use first line
3756  *    flags:
3757  *	   ECMD_HIDE: if TRUE don't free the current buffer
3758  *     ECMD_SET_HELP: set b_help flag of (new) buffer before opening file
3759  *	 ECMD_OLDBUF: use existing buffer if it exists
3760  *	ECMD_FORCEIT: ! used for Ex command
3761  *	 ECMD_ADDBUF: don't edit, just add to buffer list
3762  *   oldwin: Should be "curwin" when editing a new buffer in the current
3763  *	     window, NULL when splitting the window first.  When not NULL info
3764  *	     of the previous buffer for "oldwin" is stored.
3765  *
3766  * return FAIL for failure, OK otherwise
3767  */
3768     int
3769 do_ecmd(
3770     int		fnum,
3771     char_u	*ffname,
3772     char_u	*sfname,
3773     exarg_T	*eap,			/* can be NULL! */
3774     linenr_T	newlnum,
3775     int		flags,
3776     win_T	*oldwin)
3777 {
3778     int		other_file;		/* TRUE if editing another file */
3779     int		oldbuf;			/* TRUE if using existing buffer */
3780     int		auto_buf = FALSE;	/* TRUE if autocommands brought us
3781 					   into the buffer unexpectedly */
3782     char_u	*new_name = NULL;
3783 #if defined(FEAT_EVAL)
3784     int		did_set_swapcommand = FALSE;
3785 #endif
3786     buf_T	*buf;
3787     bufref_T	bufref;
3788     bufref_T	old_curbuf;
3789     char_u	*free_fname = NULL;
3790 #ifdef FEAT_BROWSE
3791     char_u	*browse_file = NULL;
3792 #endif
3793     int		retval = FAIL;
3794     long	n;
3795     pos_T	orig_pos;
3796     linenr_T	topline = 0;
3797     int		newcol = -1;
3798     int		solcol = -1;
3799     pos_T	*pos;
3800     char_u	*command = NULL;
3801 #ifdef FEAT_SPELL
3802     int		did_get_winopts = FALSE;
3803 #endif
3804     int		readfile_flags = 0;
3805     int		did_inc_redrawing_disabled = FALSE;
3806     long        *so_ptr = curwin->w_p_so >= 0 ? &curwin->w_p_so : &p_so;
3807 
3808     if (eap != NULL)
3809 	command = eap->do_ecmd_cmd;
3810     set_bufref(&old_curbuf, curbuf);
3811 
3812     if (fnum != 0)
3813     {
3814 	if (fnum == curbuf->b_fnum)	/* file is already being edited */
3815 	    return OK;			/* nothing to do */
3816 	other_file = TRUE;
3817     }
3818     else
3819     {
3820 #ifdef FEAT_BROWSE
3821 	if (cmdmod.browse)
3822 	{
3823 	    if (
3824 # ifdef FEAT_GUI
3825 		!gui.in_use &&
3826 # endif
3827 		    au_has_group((char_u *)"FileExplorer"))
3828 	    {
3829 		/* No browsing supported but we do have the file explorer:
3830 		 * Edit the directory. */
3831 		if (ffname == NULL || !mch_isdir(ffname))
3832 		    ffname = (char_u *)".";
3833 	    }
3834 	    else
3835 	    {
3836 		browse_file = do_browse(0, (char_u *)_("Edit File"), ffname,
3837 						    NULL, NULL, NULL, curbuf);
3838 		if (browse_file == NULL)
3839 		    goto theend;
3840 		ffname = browse_file;
3841 	    }
3842 	}
3843 #endif
3844 	/* if no short name given, use ffname for short name */
3845 	if (sfname == NULL)
3846 	    sfname = ffname;
3847 #ifdef USE_FNAME_CASE
3848 	if (sfname != NULL)
3849 	    fname_case(sfname, 0);   /* set correct case for sfname */
3850 #endif
3851 
3852 	if ((flags & ECMD_ADDBUF) && (ffname == NULL || *ffname == NUL))
3853 	    goto theend;
3854 
3855 	if (ffname == NULL)
3856 	    other_file = TRUE;
3857 					    /* there is no file name */
3858 	else if (*ffname == NUL && curbuf->b_ffname == NULL)
3859 	    other_file = FALSE;
3860 	else
3861 	{
3862 	    if (*ffname == NUL)		    /* re-edit with same file name */
3863 	    {
3864 		ffname = curbuf->b_ffname;
3865 		sfname = curbuf->b_fname;
3866 	    }
3867 	    free_fname = fix_fname(ffname); /* may expand to full path name */
3868 	    if (free_fname != NULL)
3869 		ffname = free_fname;
3870 	    other_file = otherfile(ffname);
3871 	}
3872     }
3873 
3874     /*
3875      * if the file was changed we may not be allowed to abandon it
3876      * - if we are going to re-edit the same file
3877      * - or if we are the only window on this file and if ECMD_HIDE is FALSE
3878      */
3879     if (  ((!other_file && !(flags & ECMD_OLDBUF))
3880 	    || (curbuf->b_nwindows == 1
3881 		&& !(flags & (ECMD_HIDE | ECMD_ADDBUF))))
3882 	&& check_changed(curbuf, (p_awa ? CCGD_AW : 0)
3883 			       | (other_file ? 0 : CCGD_MULTWIN)
3884 			       | ((flags & ECMD_FORCEIT) ? CCGD_FORCEIT : 0)
3885 			       | (eap == NULL ? 0 : CCGD_EXCMD)))
3886     {
3887 	if (fnum == 0 && other_file && ffname != NULL)
3888 	    (void)setaltfname(ffname, sfname, newlnum < 0 ? 0 : newlnum);
3889 	goto theend;
3890     }
3891 
3892     /*
3893      * End Visual mode before switching to another buffer, so the text can be
3894      * copied into the GUI selection buffer.
3895      */
3896     reset_VIsual();
3897 
3898 #if defined(FEAT_EVAL)
3899     if ((command != NULL || newlnum > (linenr_T)0)
3900 	    && *get_vim_var_str(VV_SWAPCOMMAND) == NUL)
3901     {
3902 	int	len;
3903 	char_u	*p;
3904 
3905 	/* Set v:swapcommand for the SwapExists autocommands. */
3906 	if (command != NULL)
3907 	    len = (int)STRLEN(command) + 3;
3908 	else
3909 	    len = 30;
3910 	p = alloc((unsigned)len);
3911 	if (p != NULL)
3912 	{
3913 	    if (command != NULL)
3914 		vim_snprintf((char *)p, len, ":%s\r", command);
3915 	    else
3916 		vim_snprintf((char *)p, len, "%ldG", (long)newlnum);
3917 	    set_vim_var_string(VV_SWAPCOMMAND, p, -1);
3918 	    did_set_swapcommand = TRUE;
3919 	    vim_free(p);
3920 	}
3921     }
3922 #endif
3923 
3924     /*
3925      * If we are starting to edit another file, open a (new) buffer.
3926      * Otherwise we re-use the current buffer.
3927      */
3928     if (other_file)
3929     {
3930 	if (!(flags & ECMD_ADDBUF))
3931 	{
3932 	    if (!cmdmod.keepalt)
3933 		curwin->w_alt_fnum = curbuf->b_fnum;
3934 	    if (oldwin != NULL)
3935 		buflist_altfpos(oldwin);
3936 	}
3937 
3938 	if (fnum)
3939 	    buf = buflist_findnr(fnum);
3940 	else
3941 	{
3942 	    if (flags & ECMD_ADDBUF)
3943 	    {
3944 		linenr_T	tlnum = 1L;
3945 
3946 		if (command != NULL)
3947 		{
3948 		    tlnum = atol((char *)command);
3949 		    if (tlnum <= 0)
3950 			tlnum = 1L;
3951 		}
3952 		(void)buflist_new(ffname, sfname, tlnum, BLN_LISTED);
3953 		goto theend;
3954 	    }
3955 	    buf = buflist_new(ffname, sfname, 0L,
3956 		    BLN_CURBUF | ((flags & ECMD_SET_HELP) ? 0 : BLN_LISTED));
3957 
3958 	    /* autocommands may change curwin and curbuf */
3959 	    if (oldwin != NULL)
3960 		oldwin = curwin;
3961 	    set_bufref(&old_curbuf, curbuf);
3962 	}
3963 	if (buf == NULL)
3964 	    goto theend;
3965 	if (buf->b_ml.ml_mfp == NULL)		/* no memfile yet */
3966 	{
3967 	    oldbuf = FALSE;
3968 	}
3969 	else					/* existing memfile */
3970 	{
3971 	    oldbuf = TRUE;
3972 	    set_bufref(&bufref, buf);
3973 	    (void)buf_check_timestamp(buf, FALSE);
3974 	    /* Check if autocommands made the buffer invalid or changed the
3975 	     * current buffer. */
3976 	    if (!bufref_valid(&bufref) || curbuf != old_curbuf.br_buf)
3977 		goto theend;
3978 #ifdef FEAT_EVAL
3979 	    if (aborting())	    /* autocmds may abort script processing */
3980 		goto theend;
3981 #endif
3982 	}
3983 
3984 	/* May jump to last used line number for a loaded buffer or when asked
3985 	 * for explicitly */
3986 	if ((oldbuf && newlnum == ECMD_LASTL) || newlnum == ECMD_LAST)
3987 	{
3988 	    pos = buflist_findfpos(buf);
3989 	    newlnum = pos->lnum;
3990 	    solcol = pos->col;
3991 	}
3992 
3993 	/*
3994 	 * Make the (new) buffer the one used by the current window.
3995 	 * If the old buffer becomes unused, free it if ECMD_HIDE is FALSE.
3996 	 * If the current buffer was empty and has no file name, curbuf
3997 	 * is returned by buflist_new(), nothing to do here.
3998 	 */
3999 	if (buf != curbuf)
4000 	{
4001 	    /*
4002 	     * Be careful: The autocommands may delete any buffer and change
4003 	     * the current buffer.
4004 	     * - If the buffer we are going to edit is deleted, give up.
4005 	     * - If the current buffer is deleted, prefer to load the new
4006 	     *   buffer when loading a buffer is required.  This avoids
4007 	     *   loading another buffer which then must be closed again.
4008 	     * - If we ended up in the new buffer already, need to skip a few
4009 	     *	 things, set auto_buf.
4010 	     */
4011 	    if (buf->b_fname != NULL)
4012 		new_name = vim_strsave(buf->b_fname);
4013 	    set_bufref(&au_new_curbuf, buf);
4014 	    apply_autocmds(EVENT_BUFLEAVE, NULL, NULL, FALSE, curbuf);
4015 	    if (!bufref_valid(&au_new_curbuf))
4016 	    {
4017 		/* new buffer has been deleted */
4018 		delbuf_msg(new_name);	/* frees new_name */
4019 		goto theend;
4020 	    }
4021 #ifdef FEAT_EVAL
4022 	    if (aborting())	    /* autocmds may abort script processing */
4023 	    {
4024 		vim_free(new_name);
4025 		goto theend;
4026 	    }
4027 #endif
4028 	    if (buf == curbuf)		/* already in new buffer */
4029 		auto_buf = TRUE;
4030 	    else
4031 	    {
4032 		win_T	    *the_curwin = curwin;
4033 
4034 		/* Set the w_closing flag to avoid that autocommands close the
4035 		 * window.  And set b_locked for the same reason. */
4036 		the_curwin->w_closing = TRUE;
4037 		++buf->b_locked;
4038 
4039 		if (curbuf == old_curbuf.br_buf)
4040 		    buf_copy_options(buf, BCO_ENTER);
4041 
4042 		/* Close the link to the current buffer. This will set
4043 		 * oldwin->w_buffer to NULL. */
4044 		u_sync(FALSE);
4045 		close_buffer(oldwin, curbuf,
4046 			       (flags & ECMD_HIDE) ? 0 : DOBUF_UNLOAD, FALSE);
4047 
4048 		the_curwin->w_closing = FALSE;
4049 		--buf->b_locked;
4050 
4051 #ifdef FEAT_EVAL
4052 		/* autocmds may abort script processing */
4053 		if (aborting() && curwin->w_buffer != NULL)
4054 		{
4055 		    vim_free(new_name);
4056 		    goto theend;
4057 		}
4058 #endif
4059 		/* Be careful again, like above. */
4060 		if (!bufref_valid(&au_new_curbuf))
4061 		{
4062 		    /* new buffer has been deleted */
4063 		    delbuf_msg(new_name);	/* frees new_name */
4064 		    goto theend;
4065 		}
4066 		if (buf == curbuf)		/* already in new buffer */
4067 		    auto_buf = TRUE;
4068 		else
4069 		{
4070 #ifdef FEAT_SYN_HL
4071 		    /*
4072 		     * <VN> We could instead free the synblock
4073 		     * and re-attach to buffer, perhaps.
4074 		     */
4075 		    if (curwin->w_buffer == NULL
4076 			    || curwin->w_s == &(curwin->w_buffer->b_s))
4077 			curwin->w_s = &(buf->b_s);
4078 #endif
4079 		    curwin->w_buffer = buf;
4080 		    curbuf = buf;
4081 		    ++curbuf->b_nwindows;
4082 
4083 		    /* Set 'fileformat', 'binary' and 'fenc' when forced. */
4084 		    if (!oldbuf && eap != NULL)
4085 		    {
4086 			set_file_options(TRUE, eap);
4087 			set_forced_fenc(eap);
4088 		    }
4089 		}
4090 
4091 		/* May get the window options from the last time this buffer
4092 		 * was in this window (or another window).  If not used
4093 		 * before, reset the local window options to the global
4094 		 * values.  Also restores old folding stuff. */
4095 		get_winopts(curbuf);
4096 #ifdef FEAT_SPELL
4097 		did_get_winopts = TRUE;
4098 #endif
4099 	    }
4100 	    vim_free(new_name);
4101 	    au_new_curbuf.br_buf = NULL;
4102 	    au_new_curbuf.br_buf_free_count = 0;
4103 	}
4104 
4105 	curwin->w_pcmark.lnum = 1;
4106 	curwin->w_pcmark.col = 0;
4107     }
4108     else /* !other_file */
4109     {
4110 	if ((flags & ECMD_ADDBUF) || check_fname() == FAIL)
4111 	    goto theend;
4112 
4113 	oldbuf = (flags & ECMD_OLDBUF);
4114     }
4115 
4116     /* Don't redraw until the cursor is in the right line, otherwise
4117      * autocommands may cause ml_get errors. */
4118     ++RedrawingDisabled;
4119     did_inc_redrawing_disabled = TRUE;
4120 
4121     buf = curbuf;
4122     if ((flags & ECMD_SET_HELP) || keep_help_flag)
4123     {
4124 	prepare_help_buffer();
4125     }
4126     else
4127     {
4128 	/* Don't make a buffer listed if it's a help buffer.  Useful when
4129 	 * using CTRL-O to go back to a help file. */
4130 	if (!curbuf->b_help)
4131 	    set_buflisted(TRUE);
4132     }
4133 
4134     /* If autocommands change buffers under our fingers, forget about
4135      * editing the file. */
4136     if (buf != curbuf)
4137 	goto theend;
4138 #ifdef FEAT_EVAL
4139     if (aborting())	    /* autocmds may abort script processing */
4140 	goto theend;
4141 #endif
4142 
4143     /* Since we are starting to edit a file, consider the filetype to be
4144      * unset.  Helps for when an autocommand changes files and expects syntax
4145      * highlighting to work in the other file. */
4146     did_filetype = FALSE;
4147 
4148 /*
4149  * other_file	oldbuf
4150  *  FALSE	FALSE	    re-edit same file, buffer is re-used
4151  *  FALSE	TRUE	    re-edit same file, nothing changes
4152  *  TRUE	FALSE	    start editing new file, new buffer
4153  *  TRUE	TRUE	    start editing in existing buffer (nothing to do)
4154  */
4155     if (!other_file && !oldbuf)		/* re-use the buffer */
4156     {
4157 	set_last_cursor(curwin);	/* may set b_last_cursor */
4158 	if (newlnum == ECMD_LAST || newlnum == ECMD_LASTL)
4159 	{
4160 	    newlnum = curwin->w_cursor.lnum;
4161 	    solcol = curwin->w_cursor.col;
4162 	}
4163 	buf = curbuf;
4164 	if (buf->b_fname != NULL)
4165 	    new_name = vim_strsave(buf->b_fname);
4166 	else
4167 	    new_name = NULL;
4168 	set_bufref(&bufref, buf);
4169 
4170 	if (p_ur < 0 || curbuf->b_ml.ml_line_count <= p_ur)
4171 	{
4172 	    /* Save all the text, so that the reload can be undone.
4173 	     * Sync first so that this is a separate undo-able action. */
4174 	    u_sync(FALSE);
4175 	    if (u_savecommon(0, curbuf->b_ml.ml_line_count + 1, 0, TRUE)
4176 								     == FAIL)
4177 	    {
4178 		vim_free(new_name);
4179 		goto theend;
4180 	    }
4181 	    u_unchanged(curbuf);
4182 	    buf_freeall(curbuf, BFA_KEEP_UNDO);
4183 
4184 	    /* tell readfile() not to clear or reload undo info */
4185 	    readfile_flags = READ_KEEP_UNDO;
4186 	}
4187 	else
4188 	    buf_freeall(curbuf, 0);   /* free all things for buffer */
4189 
4190 	/* If autocommands deleted the buffer we were going to re-edit, give
4191 	 * up and jump to the end. */
4192 	if (!bufref_valid(&bufref))
4193 	{
4194 	    delbuf_msg(new_name);	/* frees new_name */
4195 	    goto theend;
4196 	}
4197 	vim_free(new_name);
4198 
4199 	/* If autocommands change buffers under our fingers, forget about
4200 	 * re-editing the file.  Should do the buf_clear_file(), but perhaps
4201 	 * the autocommands changed the buffer... */
4202 	if (buf != curbuf)
4203 	    goto theend;
4204 #ifdef FEAT_EVAL
4205 	if (aborting())	    /* autocmds may abort script processing */
4206 	    goto theend;
4207 #endif
4208 	buf_clear_file(curbuf);
4209 	curbuf->b_op_start.lnum = 0;	/* clear '[ and '] marks */
4210 	curbuf->b_op_end.lnum = 0;
4211     }
4212 
4213 /*
4214  * If we get here we are sure to start editing
4215  */
4216     /* Assume success now */
4217     retval = OK;
4218 
4219     /*
4220      * Check if we are editing the w_arg_idx file in the argument list.
4221      */
4222     check_arg_idx(curwin);
4223 
4224     if (!auto_buf)
4225     {
4226 	/*
4227 	 * Set cursor and init window before reading the file and executing
4228 	 * autocommands.  This allows for the autocommands to position the
4229 	 * cursor.
4230 	 */
4231 	curwin_init();
4232 
4233 #ifdef FEAT_FOLDING
4234 	/* It's possible that all lines in the buffer changed.  Need to update
4235 	 * automatic folding for all windows where it's used. */
4236 	{
4237 	    win_T	    *win;
4238 	    tabpage_T	    *tp;
4239 
4240 	    FOR_ALL_TAB_WINDOWS(tp, win)
4241 		if (win->w_buffer == curbuf)
4242 		    foldUpdateAll(win);
4243 	}
4244 #endif
4245 
4246 	/* Change directories when the 'acd' option is set. */
4247 	DO_AUTOCHDIR;
4248 
4249 	/*
4250 	 * Careful: open_buffer() and apply_autocmds() may change the current
4251 	 * buffer and window.
4252 	 */
4253 	orig_pos = curwin->w_cursor;
4254 	topline = curwin->w_topline;
4255 	if (!oldbuf)			    /* need to read the file */
4256 	{
4257 	    swap_exists_action = SEA_DIALOG;
4258 	    curbuf->b_flags |= BF_CHECK_RO; /* set/reset 'ro' flag */
4259 
4260 	    /*
4261 	     * Open the buffer and read the file.
4262 	     */
4263 #if defined(FEAT_EVAL)
4264 	    if (should_abort(open_buffer(FALSE, eap, readfile_flags)))
4265 		retval = FAIL;
4266 #else
4267 	    (void)open_buffer(FALSE, eap, readfile_flags);
4268 #endif
4269 
4270 	    if (swap_exists_action == SEA_QUIT)
4271 		retval = FAIL;
4272 	    handle_swap_exists(&old_curbuf);
4273 	}
4274 	else
4275 	{
4276 	    /* Read the modelines, but only to set window-local options.  Any
4277 	     * buffer-local options have already been set and may have been
4278 	     * changed by the user. */
4279 	    do_modelines(OPT_WINONLY);
4280 
4281 	    apply_autocmds_retval(EVENT_BUFENTER, NULL, NULL, FALSE, curbuf,
4282 								    &retval);
4283 	    apply_autocmds_retval(EVENT_BUFWINENTER, NULL, NULL, FALSE, curbuf,
4284 								    &retval);
4285 	}
4286 	check_arg_idx(curwin);
4287 
4288 	/* If autocommands change the cursor position or topline, we should
4289 	 * keep it.  Also when it moves within a line. But not when it moves
4290 	 * to the first non-blank. */
4291 	if (!EQUAL_POS(curwin->w_cursor, orig_pos))
4292 	{
4293 	    char_u *text = ml_get_curline();
4294 
4295 	    if (curwin->w_cursor.lnum != orig_pos.lnum
4296 		    || curwin->w_cursor.col != (int)(skipwhite(text) - text))
4297 	    {
4298 		newlnum = curwin->w_cursor.lnum;
4299 		newcol = curwin->w_cursor.col;
4300 	    }
4301 	}
4302 	if (curwin->w_topline == topline)
4303 	    topline = 0;
4304 
4305 	/* Even when cursor didn't move we need to recompute topline. */
4306 	changed_line_abv_curs();
4307 
4308 #ifdef FEAT_TITLE
4309 	maketitle();
4310 #endif
4311     }
4312 
4313 #ifdef FEAT_DIFF
4314     /* Tell the diff stuff that this buffer is new and/or needs updating.
4315      * Also needed when re-editing the same buffer, because unloading will
4316      * have removed it as a diff buffer. */
4317     if (curwin->w_p_diff)
4318     {
4319 	diff_buf_add(curbuf);
4320 	diff_invalidate(curbuf);
4321     }
4322 #endif
4323 
4324 #ifdef FEAT_SPELL
4325     /* If the window options were changed may need to set the spell language.
4326      * Can only do this after the buffer has been properly setup. */
4327     if (did_get_winopts && curwin->w_p_spell && *curwin->w_s->b_p_spl != NUL)
4328 	(void)did_set_spelllang(curwin);
4329 #endif
4330 
4331     if (command == NULL)
4332     {
4333 	if (newcol >= 0)	/* position set by autocommands */
4334 	{
4335 	    curwin->w_cursor.lnum = newlnum;
4336 	    curwin->w_cursor.col = newcol;
4337 	    check_cursor();
4338 	}
4339 	else if (newlnum > 0)	/* line number from caller or old position */
4340 	{
4341 	    curwin->w_cursor.lnum = newlnum;
4342 	    check_cursor_lnum();
4343 	    if (solcol >= 0 && !p_sol)
4344 	    {
4345 		/* 'sol' is off: Use last known column. */
4346 		curwin->w_cursor.col = solcol;
4347 		check_cursor_col();
4348 		curwin->w_cursor.coladd = 0;
4349 		curwin->w_set_curswant = TRUE;
4350 	    }
4351 	    else
4352 		beginline(BL_SOL | BL_FIX);
4353 	}
4354 	else			/* no line number, go to last line in Ex mode */
4355 	{
4356 	    if (exmode_active)
4357 		curwin->w_cursor.lnum = curbuf->b_ml.ml_line_count;
4358 	    beginline(BL_WHITE | BL_FIX);
4359 	}
4360     }
4361 
4362     /* Check if cursors in other windows on the same buffer are still valid */
4363     check_lnums(FALSE);
4364 
4365     /*
4366      * Did not read the file, need to show some info about the file.
4367      * Do this after setting the cursor.
4368      */
4369     if (oldbuf && !auto_buf)
4370     {
4371 	int	msg_scroll_save = msg_scroll;
4372 
4373 	/* Obey the 'O' flag in 'cpoptions': overwrite any previous file
4374 	 * message. */
4375 	if (shortmess(SHM_OVERALL) && !exiting && p_verbose == 0)
4376 	    msg_scroll = FALSE;
4377 	if (!msg_scroll)	/* wait a bit when overwriting an error msg */
4378 	    check_for_delay(FALSE);
4379 	msg_start();
4380 	msg_scroll = msg_scroll_save;
4381 	msg_scrolled_ign = TRUE;
4382 
4383 	if (!shortmess(SHM_FILEINFO))
4384 	    fileinfo(FALSE, TRUE, FALSE);
4385 
4386 	msg_scrolled_ign = FALSE;
4387     }
4388 
4389 #ifdef FEAT_VIMINFO
4390     curbuf->b_last_used = vim_time();
4391 #endif
4392 
4393     if (command != NULL)
4394 	do_cmdline(command, NULL, NULL, DOCMD_VERBOSE);
4395 
4396 #ifdef FEAT_KEYMAP
4397     if (curbuf->b_kmap_state & KEYMAP_INIT)
4398 	(void)keymap_init();
4399 #endif
4400 
4401     --RedrawingDisabled;
4402     did_inc_redrawing_disabled = FALSE;
4403     if (!skip_redraw)
4404     {
4405 	n = *so_ptr;
4406 	if (topline == 0 && command == NULL)
4407 	    *so_ptr = 9999;		// force cursor halfway the window
4408 	update_topline();
4409 	curwin->w_scbind_pos = curwin->w_topline;
4410 	*so_ptr = n;
4411 	redraw_curbuf_later(NOT_VALID);	/* redraw this buffer later */
4412     }
4413 
4414     if (p_im)
4415 	need_start_insertmode = TRUE;
4416 
4417 #ifdef FEAT_AUTOCHDIR
4418     /* Change directories when the 'acd' option is set and we aren't already in
4419      * that directory (should already be done above). Expect getcwd() to be
4420      * faster than calling shorten_fnames() unnecessarily. */
4421     if (p_acd && curbuf->b_ffname != NULL)
4422     {
4423 	char_u	curdir[MAXPATHL];
4424 	char_u	filedir[MAXPATHL];
4425 
4426 	vim_strncpy(filedir, curbuf->b_ffname, MAXPATHL - 1);
4427 	*gettail_sep(filedir) = NUL;
4428 	if (mch_dirname(curdir, MAXPATHL) != FAIL
4429 		&& vim_fnamecmp(curdir, filedir) != 0)
4430 	    do_autochdir();
4431     }
4432 #endif
4433 
4434 #if defined(FEAT_NETBEANS_INTG)
4435     if (curbuf->b_ffname != NULL)
4436     {
4437 # ifdef FEAT_NETBEANS_INTG
4438 	if ((flags & ECMD_SET_HELP) != ECMD_SET_HELP)
4439 	    netbeans_file_opened(curbuf);
4440 # endif
4441     }
4442 #endif
4443 
4444 theend:
4445     if (did_inc_redrawing_disabled)
4446 	--RedrawingDisabled;
4447 #if defined(FEAT_EVAL)
4448     if (did_set_swapcommand)
4449 	set_vim_var_string(VV_SWAPCOMMAND, NULL, -1);
4450 #endif
4451 #ifdef FEAT_BROWSE
4452     vim_free(browse_file);
4453 #endif
4454     vim_free(free_fname);
4455     return retval;
4456 }
4457 
4458     static void
4459 delbuf_msg(char_u *name)
4460 {
4461     semsg(_("E143: Autocommands unexpectedly deleted new buffer %s"),
4462 	    name == NULL ? (char_u *)"" : name);
4463     vim_free(name);
4464     au_new_curbuf.br_buf = NULL;
4465     au_new_curbuf.br_buf_free_count = 0;
4466 }
4467 
4468 static int append_indent = 0;	    /* autoindent for first line */
4469 
4470 /*
4471  * ":insert" and ":append", also used by ":change"
4472  */
4473     void
4474 ex_append(exarg_T *eap)
4475 {
4476     char_u	*theline;
4477     int		did_undo = FALSE;
4478     linenr_T	lnum = eap->line2;
4479     int		indent = 0;
4480     char_u	*p;
4481     int		vcol;
4482     int		empty = (curbuf->b_ml.ml_flags & ML_EMPTY);
4483 
4484     /* the ! flag toggles autoindent */
4485     if (eap->forceit)
4486 	curbuf->b_p_ai = !curbuf->b_p_ai;
4487 
4488     /* First autoindent comes from the line we start on */
4489     if (eap->cmdidx != CMD_change && curbuf->b_p_ai && lnum > 0)
4490 	append_indent = get_indent_lnum(lnum);
4491 
4492     if (eap->cmdidx != CMD_append)
4493 	--lnum;
4494 
4495     /* when the buffer is empty need to delete the dummy line */
4496     if (empty && lnum == 1)
4497 	lnum = 0;
4498 
4499     State = INSERT;		    /* behave like in Insert mode */
4500     if (curbuf->b_p_iminsert == B_IMODE_LMAP)
4501 	State |= LANGMAP;
4502 
4503     for (;;)
4504     {
4505 	msg_scroll = TRUE;
4506 	need_wait_return = FALSE;
4507 	if (curbuf->b_p_ai)
4508 	{
4509 	    if (append_indent >= 0)
4510 	    {
4511 		indent = append_indent;
4512 		append_indent = -1;
4513 	    }
4514 	    else if (lnum > 0)
4515 		indent = get_indent_lnum(lnum);
4516 	}
4517 	ex_keep_indent = FALSE;
4518 	if (eap->getline == NULL)
4519 	{
4520 	    /* No getline() function, use the lines that follow. This ends
4521 	     * when there is no more. */
4522 	    if (eap->nextcmd == NULL || *eap->nextcmd == NUL)
4523 		break;
4524 	    p = vim_strchr(eap->nextcmd, NL);
4525 	    if (p == NULL)
4526 		p = eap->nextcmd + STRLEN(eap->nextcmd);
4527 	    theline = vim_strnsave(eap->nextcmd, (int)(p - eap->nextcmd));
4528 	    if (*p != NUL)
4529 		++p;
4530 	    eap->nextcmd = p;
4531 	}
4532 	else
4533 	{
4534 	    int save_State = State;
4535 
4536 	    /* Set State to avoid the cursor shape to be set to INSERT mode
4537 	     * when getline() returns. */
4538 	    State = CMDLINE;
4539 	    theline = eap->getline(
4540 #ifdef FEAT_EVAL
4541 		    eap->cstack->cs_looplevel > 0 ? -1 :
4542 #endif
4543 		    NUL, eap->cookie, indent);
4544 	    State = save_State;
4545 	}
4546 	lines_left = Rows - 1;
4547 	if (theline == NULL)
4548 	    break;
4549 
4550 	/* Using ^ CTRL-D in getexmodeline() makes us repeat the indent. */
4551 	if (ex_keep_indent)
4552 	    append_indent = indent;
4553 
4554 	/* Look for the "." after automatic indent. */
4555 	vcol = 0;
4556 	for (p = theline; indent > vcol; ++p)
4557 	{
4558 	    if (*p == ' ')
4559 		++vcol;
4560 	    else if (*p == TAB)
4561 		vcol += 8 - vcol % 8;
4562 	    else
4563 		break;
4564 	}
4565 	if ((p[0] == '.' && p[1] == NUL)
4566 		|| (!did_undo && u_save(lnum, lnum + 1 + (empty ? 1 : 0))
4567 								     == FAIL))
4568 	{
4569 	    vim_free(theline);
4570 	    break;
4571 	}
4572 
4573 	/* don't use autoindent if nothing was typed. */
4574 	if (p[0] == NUL)
4575 	    theline[0] = NUL;
4576 
4577 	did_undo = TRUE;
4578 	ml_append(lnum, theline, (colnr_T)0, FALSE);
4579 	appended_lines_mark(lnum + (empty ? 1 : 0), 1L);
4580 
4581 	vim_free(theline);
4582 	++lnum;
4583 
4584 	if (empty)
4585 	{
4586 	    ml_delete(2L, FALSE);
4587 	    empty = FALSE;
4588 	}
4589     }
4590     State = NORMAL;
4591 
4592     if (eap->forceit)
4593 	curbuf->b_p_ai = !curbuf->b_p_ai;
4594 
4595     /* "start" is set to eap->line2+1 unless that position is invalid (when
4596      * eap->line2 pointed to the end of the buffer and nothing was appended)
4597      * "end" is set to lnum when something has been appended, otherwise
4598      * it is the same than "start"  -- Acevedo */
4599     curbuf->b_op_start.lnum = (eap->line2 < curbuf->b_ml.ml_line_count) ?
4600 	eap->line2 + 1 : curbuf->b_ml.ml_line_count;
4601     if (eap->cmdidx != CMD_append)
4602 	--curbuf->b_op_start.lnum;
4603     curbuf->b_op_end.lnum = (eap->line2 < lnum)
4604 					     ? lnum : curbuf->b_op_start.lnum;
4605     curbuf->b_op_start.col = curbuf->b_op_end.col = 0;
4606     curwin->w_cursor.lnum = lnum;
4607     check_cursor_lnum();
4608     beginline(BL_SOL | BL_FIX);
4609 
4610     need_wait_return = FALSE;	/* don't use wait_return() now */
4611     ex_no_reprint = TRUE;
4612 }
4613 
4614 /*
4615  * ":change"
4616  */
4617     void
4618 ex_change(exarg_T *eap)
4619 {
4620     linenr_T	lnum;
4621 
4622     if (eap->line2 >= eap->line1
4623 	    && u_save(eap->line1 - 1, eap->line2 + 1) == FAIL)
4624 	return;
4625 
4626     /* the ! flag toggles autoindent */
4627     if (eap->forceit ? !curbuf->b_p_ai : curbuf->b_p_ai)
4628 	append_indent = get_indent_lnum(eap->line1);
4629 
4630     for (lnum = eap->line2; lnum >= eap->line1; --lnum)
4631     {
4632 	if (curbuf->b_ml.ml_flags & ML_EMPTY)	    /* nothing to delete */
4633 	    break;
4634 	ml_delete(eap->line1, FALSE);
4635     }
4636 
4637     /* make sure the cursor is not beyond the end of the file now */
4638     check_cursor_lnum();
4639     deleted_lines_mark(eap->line1, (long)(eap->line2 - lnum));
4640 
4641     /* ":append" on the line above the deleted lines. */
4642     eap->line2 = eap->line1;
4643     ex_append(eap);
4644 }
4645 
4646     void
4647 ex_z(exarg_T *eap)
4648 {
4649     char_u	*x;
4650     long	bigness;
4651     char_u	*kind;
4652     int		minus = 0;
4653     linenr_T	start, end, curs, i;
4654     int		j;
4655     linenr_T	lnum = eap->line2;
4656 
4657     /* Vi compatible: ":z!" uses display height, without a count uses
4658      * 'scroll' */
4659     if (eap->forceit)
4660 	bigness = curwin->w_height;
4661     else if (!ONE_WINDOW)
4662 	bigness = curwin->w_height - 3;
4663     else
4664 	bigness = curwin->w_p_scr * 2;
4665     if (bigness < 1)
4666 	bigness = 1;
4667 
4668     x = eap->arg;
4669     kind = x;
4670     if (*kind == '-' || *kind == '+' || *kind == '='
4671 					      || *kind == '^' || *kind == '.')
4672 	++x;
4673     while (*x == '-' || *x == '+')
4674 	++x;
4675 
4676     if (*x != 0)
4677     {
4678 	if (!VIM_ISDIGIT(*x))
4679 	{
4680 	    emsg(_("E144: non-numeric argument to :z"));
4681 	    return;
4682 	}
4683 	else
4684 	{
4685 	    bigness = atol((char *)x);
4686 
4687 	    /* bigness could be < 0 if atol(x) overflows. */
4688 	    if (bigness > 2 * curbuf->b_ml.ml_line_count || bigness < 0)
4689 		bigness = 2 * curbuf->b_ml.ml_line_count;
4690 
4691 	    p_window = bigness;
4692 	    if (*kind == '=')
4693 		bigness += 2;
4694 	}
4695     }
4696 
4697     /* the number of '-' and '+' multiplies the distance */
4698     if (*kind == '-' || *kind == '+')
4699 	for (x = kind + 1; *x == *kind; ++x)
4700 	    ;
4701 
4702     switch (*kind)
4703     {
4704 	case '-':
4705 	    start = lnum - bigness * (linenr_T)(x - kind) + 1;
4706 	    end = start + bigness - 1;
4707 	    curs = end;
4708 	    break;
4709 
4710 	case '=':
4711 	    start = lnum - (bigness + 1) / 2 + 1;
4712 	    end = lnum + (bigness + 1) / 2 - 1;
4713 	    curs = lnum;
4714 	    minus = 1;
4715 	    break;
4716 
4717 	case '^':
4718 	    start = lnum - bigness * 2;
4719 	    end = lnum - bigness;
4720 	    curs = lnum - bigness;
4721 	    break;
4722 
4723 	case '.':
4724 	    start = lnum - (bigness + 1) / 2 + 1;
4725 	    end = lnum + (bigness + 1) / 2 - 1;
4726 	    curs = end;
4727 	    break;
4728 
4729 	default:  /* '+' */
4730 	    start = lnum;
4731 	    if (*kind == '+')
4732 		start += bigness * (linenr_T)(x - kind - 1) + 1;
4733 	    else if (eap->addr_count == 0)
4734 		++start;
4735 	    end = start + bigness - 1;
4736 	    curs = end;
4737 	    break;
4738     }
4739 
4740     if (start < 1)
4741 	start = 1;
4742 
4743     if (end > curbuf->b_ml.ml_line_count)
4744 	end = curbuf->b_ml.ml_line_count;
4745 
4746     if (curs > curbuf->b_ml.ml_line_count)
4747 	curs = curbuf->b_ml.ml_line_count;
4748     else if (curs < 1)
4749 	curs = 1;
4750 
4751     for (i = start; i <= end; i++)
4752     {
4753 	if (minus && i == lnum)
4754 	{
4755 	    msg_putchar('\n');
4756 
4757 	    for (j = 1; j < Columns; j++)
4758 		msg_putchar('-');
4759 	}
4760 
4761 	print_line(i, eap->flags & EXFLAG_NR, eap->flags & EXFLAG_LIST);
4762 
4763 	if (minus && i == lnum)
4764 	{
4765 	    msg_putchar('\n');
4766 
4767 	    for (j = 1; j < Columns; j++)
4768 		msg_putchar('-');
4769 	}
4770     }
4771 
4772     if (curwin->w_cursor.lnum != curs)
4773     {
4774 	curwin->w_cursor.lnum = curs;
4775 	curwin->w_cursor.col = 0;
4776     }
4777     ex_no_reprint = TRUE;
4778 }
4779 
4780 /*
4781  * Check if the restricted flag is set.
4782  * If so, give an error message and return TRUE.
4783  * Otherwise, return FALSE.
4784  */
4785     int
4786 check_restricted(void)
4787 {
4788     if (restricted)
4789     {
4790 	emsg(_("E145: Shell commands and some functionality not allowed in rvim"));
4791 	return TRUE;
4792     }
4793     return FALSE;
4794 }
4795 
4796 /*
4797  * Check if the secure flag is set (.exrc or .vimrc in current directory).
4798  * If so, give an error message and return TRUE.
4799  * Otherwise, return FALSE.
4800  */
4801     int
4802 check_secure(void)
4803 {
4804     if (secure)
4805     {
4806 	secure = 2;
4807 	emsg(_(e_curdir));
4808 	return TRUE;
4809     }
4810 #ifdef HAVE_SANDBOX
4811     /*
4812      * In the sandbox more things are not allowed, including the things
4813      * disallowed in secure mode.
4814      */
4815     if (sandbox != 0)
4816     {
4817 	emsg(_(e_sandbox));
4818 	return TRUE;
4819     }
4820 #endif
4821     return FALSE;
4822 }
4823 
4824 static char_u	*old_sub = NULL;	/* previous substitute pattern */
4825 static int	global_need_beginline;	/* call beginline() after ":g" */
4826 
4827 /*
4828  * Flags that are kept between calls to :substitute.
4829  */
4830 typedef struct {
4831     int	do_all;		/* do multiple substitutions per line */
4832     int	do_ask;		/* ask for confirmation */
4833     int	do_count;	/* count only */
4834     int	do_error;	/* if false, ignore errors */
4835     int	do_print;	/* print last line with subs. */
4836     int	do_list;	/* list last line with subs. */
4837     int	do_number;	/* list last line with line nr*/
4838     int	do_ic;		/* ignore case flag */
4839 } subflags_T;
4840 
4841 /* do_sub()
4842  *
4843  * Perform a substitution from line eap->line1 to line eap->line2 using the
4844  * command pointed to by eap->arg which should be of the form:
4845  *
4846  * /pattern/substitution/{flags}
4847  *
4848  * The usual escapes are supported as described in the regexp docs.
4849  */
4850     void
4851 do_sub(exarg_T *eap)
4852 {
4853     linenr_T	lnum;
4854     long	i = 0;
4855     regmmatch_T regmatch;
4856     static subflags_T subflags = {FALSE, FALSE, FALSE, TRUE, FALSE,
4857 							      FALSE, FALSE, 0};
4858 #ifdef FEAT_EVAL
4859     subflags_T	subflags_save;
4860 #endif
4861     int		save_do_all;		/* remember user specified 'g' flag */
4862     int		save_do_ask;		/* remember user specified 'c' flag */
4863     char_u	*pat = NULL, *sub = NULL;	/* init for GCC */
4864     int		delimiter;
4865     int		sublen;
4866     int		got_quit = FALSE;
4867     int		got_match = FALSE;
4868     int		temp;
4869     int		which_pat;
4870     char_u	*cmd;
4871     int		save_State;
4872     linenr_T	first_line = 0;		/* first changed line */
4873     linenr_T	last_line= 0;		/* below last changed line AFTER the
4874 					 * change */
4875     linenr_T	old_line_count = curbuf->b_ml.ml_line_count;
4876     linenr_T	line2;
4877     long	nmatch;			/* number of lines in match */
4878     char_u	*sub_firstline;		/* allocated copy of first sub line */
4879     int		endcolumn = FALSE;	/* cursor in last column when done */
4880     pos_T	old_cursor = curwin->w_cursor;
4881     int		start_nsubs;
4882 #ifdef FEAT_EVAL
4883     int		save_ma = 0;
4884 #endif
4885 
4886     cmd = eap->arg;
4887     if (!global_busy)
4888     {
4889 	sub_nsubs = 0;
4890 	sub_nlines = 0;
4891     }
4892     start_nsubs = sub_nsubs;
4893 
4894     if (eap->cmdidx == CMD_tilde)
4895 	which_pat = RE_LAST;	/* use last used regexp */
4896     else
4897 	which_pat = RE_SUBST;	/* use last substitute regexp */
4898 
4899 				/* new pattern and substitution */
4900     if (eap->cmd[0] == 's' && *cmd != NUL && !VIM_ISWHITE(*cmd)
4901 		&& vim_strchr((char_u *)"0123456789cegriIp|\"", *cmd) == NULL)
4902     {
4903 				/* don't accept alphanumeric for separator */
4904 	if (isalpha(*cmd))
4905 	{
4906 	    emsg(_("E146: Regular expressions can't be delimited by letters"));
4907 	    return;
4908 	}
4909 	/*
4910 	 * undocumented vi feature:
4911 	 *  "\/sub/" and "\?sub?" use last used search pattern (almost like
4912 	 *  //sub/r).  "\&sub&" use last substitute pattern (like //sub/).
4913 	 */
4914 	if (*cmd == '\\')
4915 	{
4916 	    ++cmd;
4917 	    if (vim_strchr((char_u *)"/?&", *cmd) == NULL)
4918 	    {
4919 		emsg(_(e_backslash));
4920 		return;
4921 	    }
4922 	    if (*cmd != '&')
4923 		which_pat = RE_SEARCH;	    /* use last '/' pattern */
4924 	    pat = (char_u *)"";		    /* empty search pattern */
4925 	    delimiter = *cmd++;		    /* remember delimiter character */
4926 	}
4927 	else		/* find the end of the regexp */
4928 	{
4929 	    which_pat = RE_LAST;	    /* use last used regexp */
4930 	    delimiter = *cmd++;		    /* remember delimiter character */
4931 	    pat = cmd;			    /* remember start of search pat */
4932 	    cmd = skip_regexp(cmd, delimiter, p_magic, &eap->arg);
4933 	    if (cmd[0] == delimiter)	    /* end delimiter found */
4934 		*cmd++ = NUL;		    /* replace it with a NUL */
4935 	}
4936 
4937 	/*
4938 	 * Small incompatibility: vi sees '\n' as end of the command, but in
4939 	 * Vim we want to use '\n' to find/substitute a NUL.
4940 	 */
4941 	sub = cmd;	    /* remember the start of the substitution */
4942 
4943 	while (cmd[0])
4944 	{
4945 	    if (cmd[0] == delimiter)		/* end delimiter found */
4946 	    {
4947 		*cmd++ = NUL;			/* replace it with a NUL */
4948 		break;
4949 	    }
4950 	    if (cmd[0] == '\\' && cmd[1] != 0)	/* skip escaped characters */
4951 		++cmd;
4952 	    MB_PTR_ADV(cmd);
4953 	}
4954 
4955 	if (!eap->skip)
4956 	{
4957 	    /* In POSIX vi ":s/pat/%/" uses the previous subst. string. */
4958 	    if (STRCMP(sub, "%") == 0
4959 				 && vim_strchr(p_cpo, CPO_SUBPERCENT) != NULL)
4960 	    {
4961 		if (old_sub == NULL)	/* there is no previous command */
4962 		{
4963 		    emsg(_(e_nopresub));
4964 		    return;
4965 		}
4966 		sub = old_sub;
4967 	    }
4968 	    else
4969 	    {
4970 		vim_free(old_sub);
4971 		old_sub = vim_strsave(sub);
4972 	    }
4973 	}
4974     }
4975     else if (!eap->skip)	/* use previous pattern and substitution */
4976     {
4977 	if (old_sub == NULL)	/* there is no previous command */
4978 	{
4979 	    emsg(_(e_nopresub));
4980 	    return;
4981 	}
4982 	pat = NULL;		/* search_regcomp() will use previous pattern */
4983 	sub = old_sub;
4984 
4985 	/* Vi compatibility quirk: repeating with ":s" keeps the cursor in the
4986 	 * last column after using "$". */
4987 	endcolumn = (curwin->w_curswant == MAXCOL);
4988     }
4989 
4990     /* Recognize ":%s/\n//" and turn it into a join command, which is much
4991      * more efficient.
4992      * TODO: find a generic solution to make line-joining operations more
4993      * efficient, avoid allocating a string that grows in size.
4994      */
4995     if (pat != NULL && STRCMP(pat, "\\n") == 0
4996 	    && *sub == NUL
4997 	    && (*cmd == NUL || (cmd[1] == NUL && (*cmd == 'g' || *cmd == 'l'
4998 					     || *cmd == 'p' || *cmd == '#'))))
4999     {
5000 	linenr_T    joined_lines_count;
5001 
5002 	curwin->w_cursor.lnum = eap->line1;
5003 	if (*cmd == 'l')
5004 	    eap->flags = EXFLAG_LIST;
5005 	else if (*cmd == '#')
5006 	    eap->flags = EXFLAG_NR;
5007 	else if (*cmd == 'p')
5008 	    eap->flags = EXFLAG_PRINT;
5009 
5010 	/* The number of lines joined is the number of lines in the range plus
5011 	 * one.  One less when the last line is included. */
5012 	joined_lines_count = eap->line2 - eap->line1 + 1;
5013 	if (eap->line2 < curbuf->b_ml.ml_line_count)
5014 	    ++joined_lines_count;
5015 	if (joined_lines_count > 1)
5016 	{
5017 	    (void)do_join(joined_lines_count, FALSE, TRUE, FALSE, TRUE);
5018 	    sub_nsubs = joined_lines_count - 1;
5019 	    sub_nlines = 1;
5020 	    (void)do_sub_msg(FALSE);
5021 	    ex_may_print(eap);
5022 	}
5023 
5024 	if (!cmdmod.keeppatterns)
5025 	    save_re_pat(RE_SUBST, pat, p_magic);
5026 #ifdef FEAT_CMDHIST
5027 	/* put pattern in history */
5028 	add_to_history(HIST_SEARCH, pat, TRUE, NUL);
5029 #endif
5030 
5031 	return;
5032     }
5033 
5034     /*
5035      * Find trailing options.  When '&' is used, keep old options.
5036      */
5037     if (*cmd == '&')
5038 	++cmd;
5039     else
5040     {
5041 	if (!p_ed)
5042 	{
5043 	    if (p_gd)		/* default is global on */
5044 		subflags.do_all = TRUE;
5045 	    else
5046 		subflags.do_all = FALSE;
5047 	    subflags.do_ask = FALSE;
5048 	}
5049 	subflags.do_error = TRUE;
5050 	subflags.do_print = FALSE;
5051 	subflags.do_list = FALSE;
5052 	subflags.do_count = FALSE;
5053 	subflags.do_number = FALSE;
5054 	subflags.do_ic = 0;
5055     }
5056     while (*cmd)
5057     {
5058 	/*
5059 	 * Note that 'g' and 'c' are always inverted, also when p_ed is off.
5060 	 * 'r' is never inverted.
5061 	 */
5062 	if (*cmd == 'g')
5063 	    subflags.do_all = !subflags.do_all;
5064 	else if (*cmd == 'c')
5065 	    subflags.do_ask = !subflags.do_ask;
5066 	else if (*cmd == 'n')
5067 	    subflags.do_count = TRUE;
5068 	else if (*cmd == 'e')
5069 	    subflags.do_error = !subflags.do_error;
5070 	else if (*cmd == 'r')	    /* use last used regexp */
5071 	    which_pat = RE_LAST;
5072 	else if (*cmd == 'p')
5073 	    subflags.do_print = TRUE;
5074 	else if (*cmd == '#')
5075 	{
5076 	    subflags.do_print = TRUE;
5077 	    subflags.do_number = TRUE;
5078 	}
5079 	else if (*cmd == 'l')
5080 	{
5081 	    subflags.do_print = TRUE;
5082 	    subflags.do_list = TRUE;
5083 	}
5084 	else if (*cmd == 'i')	    /* ignore case */
5085 	    subflags.do_ic = 'i';
5086 	else if (*cmd == 'I')	    /* don't ignore case */
5087 	    subflags.do_ic = 'I';
5088 	else
5089 	    break;
5090 	++cmd;
5091     }
5092     if (subflags.do_count)
5093 	subflags.do_ask = FALSE;
5094 
5095     save_do_all = subflags.do_all;
5096     save_do_ask = subflags.do_ask;
5097 
5098     /*
5099      * check for a trailing count
5100      */
5101     cmd = skipwhite(cmd);
5102     if (VIM_ISDIGIT(*cmd))
5103     {
5104 	i = getdigits(&cmd);
5105 	if (i <= 0 && !eap->skip && subflags.do_error)
5106 	{
5107 	    emsg(_(e_zerocount));
5108 	    return;
5109 	}
5110 	eap->line1 = eap->line2;
5111 	eap->line2 += i - 1;
5112 	if (eap->line2 > curbuf->b_ml.ml_line_count)
5113 	    eap->line2 = curbuf->b_ml.ml_line_count;
5114     }
5115 
5116     /*
5117      * check for trailing command or garbage
5118      */
5119     cmd = skipwhite(cmd);
5120     if (*cmd && *cmd != '"')	    /* if not end-of-line or comment */
5121     {
5122 	eap->nextcmd = check_nextcmd(cmd);
5123 	if (eap->nextcmd == NULL)
5124 	{
5125 	    emsg(_(e_trailing));
5126 	    return;
5127 	}
5128     }
5129 
5130     if (eap->skip)	    /* not executing commands, only parsing */
5131 	return;
5132 
5133     if (!subflags.do_count && !curbuf->b_p_ma)
5134     {
5135 	/* Substitution is not allowed in non-'modifiable' buffer */
5136 	emsg(_(e_modifiable));
5137 	return;
5138     }
5139 
5140     if (search_regcomp(pat, RE_SUBST, which_pat, SEARCH_HIS, &regmatch) == FAIL)
5141     {
5142 	if (subflags.do_error)
5143 	    emsg(_(e_invcmd));
5144 	return;
5145     }
5146 
5147     /* the 'i' or 'I' flag overrules 'ignorecase' and 'smartcase' */
5148     if (subflags.do_ic == 'i')
5149 	regmatch.rmm_ic = TRUE;
5150     else if (subflags.do_ic == 'I')
5151 	regmatch.rmm_ic = FALSE;
5152 
5153     sub_firstline = NULL;
5154 
5155     /*
5156      * ~ in the substitute pattern is replaced with the old pattern.
5157      * We do it here once to avoid it to be replaced over and over again.
5158      * But don't do it when it starts with "\=", then it's an expression.
5159      */
5160     if (!(sub[0] == '\\' && sub[1] == '='))
5161 	sub = regtilde(sub, p_magic);
5162 
5163     /*
5164      * Check for a match on each line.
5165      */
5166     line2 = eap->line2;
5167     for (lnum = eap->line1; lnum <= line2 && !(got_quit
5168 #if defined(FEAT_EVAL)
5169 		|| aborting()
5170 #endif
5171 		); ++lnum)
5172     {
5173 	nmatch = vim_regexec_multi(&regmatch, curwin, curbuf, lnum,
5174 						       (colnr_T)0, NULL, NULL);
5175 	if (nmatch)
5176 	{
5177 	    colnr_T	copycol;
5178 	    colnr_T	matchcol;
5179 	    colnr_T	prev_matchcol = MAXCOL;
5180 	    char_u	*new_end, *new_start = NULL;
5181 	    unsigned	new_start_len = 0;
5182 	    char_u	*p1;
5183 	    int		did_sub = FALSE;
5184 	    int		lastone;
5185 	    int		len, copy_len, needed_len;
5186 	    long	nmatch_tl = 0;	/* nr of lines matched below lnum */
5187 	    int		do_again;	/* do it again after joining lines */
5188 	    int		skip_match = FALSE;
5189 	    linenr_T	sub_firstlnum;	/* nr of first sub line */
5190 
5191 	    /*
5192 	     * The new text is build up step by step, to avoid too much
5193 	     * copying.  There are these pieces:
5194 	     * sub_firstline	The old text, unmodified.
5195 	     * copycol		Column in the old text where we started
5196 	     *			looking for a match; from here old text still
5197 	     *			needs to be copied to the new text.
5198 	     * matchcol		Column number of the old text where to look
5199 	     *			for the next match.  It's just after the
5200 	     *			previous match or one further.
5201 	     * prev_matchcol	Column just after the previous match (if any).
5202 	     *			Mostly equal to matchcol, except for the first
5203 	     *			match and after skipping an empty match.
5204 	     * regmatch.*pos	Where the pattern matched in the old text.
5205 	     * new_start	The new text, all that has been produced so
5206 	     *			far.
5207 	     * new_end		The new text, where to append new text.
5208 	     *
5209 	     * lnum		The line number where we found the start of
5210 	     *			the match.  Can be below the line we searched
5211 	     *			when there is a \n before a \zs in the
5212 	     *			pattern.
5213 	     * sub_firstlnum	The line number in the buffer where to look
5214 	     *			for a match.  Can be different from "lnum"
5215 	     *			when the pattern or substitute string contains
5216 	     *			line breaks.
5217 	     *
5218 	     * Special situations:
5219 	     * - When the substitute string contains a line break, the part up
5220 	     *   to the line break is inserted in the text, but the copy of
5221 	     *   the original line is kept.  "sub_firstlnum" is adjusted for
5222 	     *   the inserted lines.
5223 	     * - When the matched pattern contains a line break, the old line
5224 	     *   is taken from the line at the end of the pattern.  The lines
5225 	     *   in the match are deleted later, "sub_firstlnum" is adjusted
5226 	     *   accordingly.
5227 	     *
5228 	     * The new text is built up in new_start[].  It has some extra
5229 	     * room to avoid using alloc()/free() too often.  new_start_len is
5230 	     * the length of the allocated memory at new_start.
5231 	     *
5232 	     * Make a copy of the old line, so it won't be taken away when
5233 	     * updating the screen or handling a multi-line match.  The "old_"
5234 	     * pointers point into this copy.
5235 	     */
5236 	    sub_firstlnum = lnum;
5237 	    copycol = 0;
5238 	    matchcol = 0;
5239 
5240 	    /* At first match, remember current cursor position. */
5241 	    if (!got_match)
5242 	    {
5243 		setpcmark();
5244 		got_match = TRUE;
5245 	    }
5246 
5247 	    /*
5248 	     * Loop until nothing more to replace in this line.
5249 	     * 1. Handle match with empty string.
5250 	     * 2. If do_ask is set, ask for confirmation.
5251 	     * 3. substitute the string.
5252 	     * 4. if do_all is set, find next match
5253 	     * 5. break if there isn't another match in this line
5254 	     */
5255 	    for (;;)
5256 	    {
5257 		/* Advance "lnum" to the line where the match starts.  The
5258 		 * match does not start in the first line when there is a line
5259 		 * break before \zs. */
5260 		if (regmatch.startpos[0].lnum > 0)
5261 		{
5262 		    lnum += regmatch.startpos[0].lnum;
5263 		    sub_firstlnum += regmatch.startpos[0].lnum;
5264 		    nmatch -= regmatch.startpos[0].lnum;
5265 		    VIM_CLEAR(sub_firstline);
5266 		}
5267 
5268 		if (sub_firstline == NULL)
5269 		{
5270 		    sub_firstline = vim_strsave(ml_get(sub_firstlnum));
5271 		    if (sub_firstline == NULL)
5272 		    {
5273 			vim_free(new_start);
5274 			goto outofmem;
5275 		    }
5276 		}
5277 
5278 		/* Save the line number of the last change for the final
5279 		 * cursor position (just like Vi). */
5280 		curwin->w_cursor.lnum = lnum;
5281 		do_again = FALSE;
5282 
5283 		/*
5284 		 * 1. Match empty string does not count, except for first
5285 		 * match.  This reproduces the strange vi behaviour.
5286 		 * This also catches endless loops.
5287 		 */
5288 		if (matchcol == prev_matchcol
5289 			&& regmatch.endpos[0].lnum == 0
5290 			&& matchcol == regmatch.endpos[0].col)
5291 		{
5292 		    if (sub_firstline[matchcol] == NUL)
5293 			/* We already were at the end of the line.  Don't look
5294 			 * for a match in this line again. */
5295 			skip_match = TRUE;
5296 		    else
5297 		    {
5298 			 /* search for a match at next column */
5299 			if (has_mbyte)
5300 			    matchcol += mb_ptr2len(sub_firstline + matchcol);
5301 			else
5302 			    ++matchcol;
5303 		    }
5304 		    goto skip;
5305 		}
5306 
5307 		/* Normally we continue searching for a match just after the
5308 		 * previous match. */
5309 		matchcol = regmatch.endpos[0].col;
5310 		prev_matchcol = matchcol;
5311 
5312 		/*
5313 		 * 2. If do_count is set only increase the counter.
5314 		 *    If do_ask is set, ask for confirmation.
5315 		 */
5316 		if (subflags.do_count)
5317 		{
5318 		    /* For a multi-line match, put matchcol at the NUL at
5319 		     * the end of the line and set nmatch to one, so that
5320 		     * we continue looking for a match on the next line.
5321 		     * Avoids that ":s/\nB\@=//gc" get stuck. */
5322 		    if (nmatch > 1)
5323 		    {
5324 			matchcol = (colnr_T)STRLEN(sub_firstline);
5325 			nmatch = 1;
5326 			skip_match = TRUE;
5327 		    }
5328 		    sub_nsubs++;
5329 		    did_sub = TRUE;
5330 #ifdef FEAT_EVAL
5331 		    /* Skip the substitution, unless an expression is used,
5332 		     * then it is evaluated in the sandbox. */
5333 		    if (!(sub[0] == '\\' && sub[1] == '='))
5334 #endif
5335 			goto skip;
5336 		}
5337 
5338 		if (subflags.do_ask)
5339 		{
5340 		    int typed = 0;
5341 
5342 		    /* change State to CONFIRM, so that the mouse works
5343 		     * properly */
5344 		    save_State = State;
5345 		    State = CONFIRM;
5346 #ifdef FEAT_MOUSE
5347 		    setmouse();		/* disable mouse in xterm */
5348 #endif
5349 		    curwin->w_cursor.col = regmatch.startpos[0].col;
5350 		    if (curwin->w_p_crb)
5351 			do_check_cursorbind();
5352 
5353 		    /* When 'cpoptions' contains "u" don't sync undo when
5354 		     * asking for confirmation. */
5355 		    if (vim_strchr(p_cpo, CPO_UNDO) != NULL)
5356 			++no_u_sync;
5357 
5358 		    /*
5359 		     * Loop until 'y', 'n', 'q', CTRL-E or CTRL-Y typed.
5360 		     */
5361 		    while (subflags.do_ask)
5362 		    {
5363 			if (exmode_active)
5364 			{
5365 			    char_u	*resp;
5366 			    colnr_T	sc, ec;
5367 
5368 			    print_line_no_prefix(lnum,
5369 					 subflags.do_number, subflags.do_list);
5370 
5371 			    getvcol(curwin, &curwin->w_cursor, &sc, NULL, NULL);
5372 			    curwin->w_cursor.col = regmatch.endpos[0].col - 1;
5373 			    if (curwin->w_cursor.col < 0)
5374 				curwin->w_cursor.col = 0;
5375 			    getvcol(curwin, &curwin->w_cursor, NULL, NULL, &ec);
5376 			    if (subflags.do_number || curwin->w_p_nu)
5377 			    {
5378 				int numw = number_width(curwin) + 1;
5379 				sc += numw;
5380 				ec += numw;
5381 			    }
5382 			    msg_start();
5383 			    for (i = 0; i < (long)sc; ++i)
5384 				msg_putchar(' ');
5385 			    for ( ; i <= (long)ec; ++i)
5386 				msg_putchar('^');
5387 
5388 			    resp = getexmodeline('?', NULL, 0);
5389 			    if (resp != NULL)
5390 			    {
5391 				typed = *resp;
5392 				vim_free(resp);
5393 			    }
5394 			}
5395 			else
5396 			{
5397 			    char_u *orig_line = NULL;
5398 			    int    len_change = 0;
5399 #ifdef FEAT_FOLDING
5400 			    int save_p_fen = curwin->w_p_fen;
5401 
5402 			    curwin->w_p_fen = FALSE;
5403 #endif
5404 			    /* Invert the matched string.
5405 			     * Remove the inversion afterwards. */
5406 			    temp = RedrawingDisabled;
5407 			    RedrawingDisabled = 0;
5408 
5409 			    if (new_start != NULL)
5410 			    {
5411 				/* There already was a substitution, we would
5412 				 * like to show this to the user.  We cannot
5413 				 * really update the line, it would change
5414 				 * what matches.  Temporarily replace the line
5415 				 * and change it back afterwards. */
5416 				orig_line = vim_strsave(ml_get(lnum));
5417 				if (orig_line != NULL)
5418 				{
5419 				    char_u *new_line = concat_str(new_start,
5420 						     sub_firstline + copycol);
5421 
5422 				    if (new_line == NULL)
5423 					VIM_CLEAR(orig_line);
5424 				    else
5425 				    {
5426 					/* Position the cursor relative to the
5427 					 * end of the line, the previous
5428 					 * substitute may have inserted or
5429 					 * deleted characters before the
5430 					 * cursor. */
5431 					len_change = (int)STRLEN(new_line)
5432 						     - (int)STRLEN(orig_line);
5433 					curwin->w_cursor.col += len_change;
5434 					ml_replace(lnum, new_line, FALSE);
5435 				    }
5436 				}
5437 			    }
5438 
5439 			    search_match_lines = regmatch.endpos[0].lnum
5440 						  - regmatch.startpos[0].lnum;
5441 			    search_match_endcol = regmatch.endpos[0].col
5442 								 + len_change;
5443 			    highlight_match = TRUE;
5444 
5445 			    update_topline();
5446 			    validate_cursor();
5447 			    update_screen(SOME_VALID);
5448 			    highlight_match = FALSE;
5449 			    redraw_later(SOME_VALID);
5450 
5451 #ifdef FEAT_FOLDING
5452 			    curwin->w_p_fen = save_p_fen;
5453 #endif
5454 			    if (msg_row == Rows - 1)
5455 				msg_didout = FALSE;	/* avoid a scroll-up */
5456 			    msg_starthere();
5457 			    i = msg_scroll;
5458 			    msg_scroll = 0;		/* truncate msg when
5459 							   needed */
5460 			    msg_no_more = TRUE;
5461 			    /* write message same highlighting as for
5462 			     * wait_return */
5463 			    smsg_attr(HL_ATTR(HLF_R),
5464 				_("replace with %s (y/n/a/q/l/^E/^Y)?"), sub);
5465 			    msg_no_more = FALSE;
5466 			    msg_scroll = i;
5467 			    showruler(TRUE);
5468 			    windgoto(msg_row, msg_col);
5469 			    RedrawingDisabled = temp;
5470 
5471 #ifdef USE_ON_FLY_SCROLL
5472 			    dont_scroll = FALSE; /* allow scrolling here */
5473 #endif
5474 			    ++no_mapping;	/* don't map this key */
5475 			    ++allow_keys;	/* allow special keys */
5476 			    typed = plain_vgetc();
5477 			    --allow_keys;
5478 			    --no_mapping;
5479 
5480 			    /* clear the question */
5481 			    msg_didout = FALSE;	/* don't scroll up */
5482 			    msg_col = 0;
5483 			    gotocmdline(TRUE);
5484 
5485 			    /* restore the line */
5486 			    if (orig_line != NULL)
5487 				ml_replace(lnum, orig_line, FALSE);
5488 			}
5489 
5490 			need_wait_return = FALSE; /* no hit-return prompt */
5491 			if (typed == 'q' || typed == ESC || typed == Ctrl_C
5492 #ifdef UNIX
5493 				|| typed == intr_char
5494 #endif
5495 				)
5496 			{
5497 			    got_quit = TRUE;
5498 			    break;
5499 			}
5500 			if (typed == 'n')
5501 			    break;
5502 			if (typed == 'y')
5503 			    break;
5504 			if (typed == 'l')
5505 			{
5506 			    /* last: replace and then stop */
5507 			    subflags.do_all = FALSE;
5508 			    line2 = lnum;
5509 			    break;
5510 			}
5511 			if (typed == 'a')
5512 			{
5513 			    subflags.do_ask = FALSE;
5514 			    break;
5515 			}
5516 #ifdef FEAT_INS_EXPAND
5517 			if (typed == Ctrl_E)
5518 			    scrollup_clamp();
5519 			else if (typed == Ctrl_Y)
5520 			    scrolldown_clamp();
5521 #endif
5522 		    }
5523 		    State = save_State;
5524 #ifdef FEAT_MOUSE
5525 		    setmouse();
5526 #endif
5527 		    if (vim_strchr(p_cpo, CPO_UNDO) != NULL)
5528 			--no_u_sync;
5529 
5530 		    if (typed == 'n')
5531 		    {
5532 			/* For a multi-line match, put matchcol at the NUL at
5533 			 * the end of the line and set nmatch to one, so that
5534 			 * we continue looking for a match on the next line.
5535 			 * Avoids that ":%s/\nB\@=//gc" and ":%s/\n/,\r/gc"
5536 			 * get stuck when pressing 'n'. */
5537 			if (nmatch > 1)
5538 			{
5539 			    matchcol = (colnr_T)STRLEN(sub_firstline);
5540 			    skip_match = TRUE;
5541 			}
5542 			goto skip;
5543 		    }
5544 		    if (got_quit)
5545 			goto skip;
5546 		}
5547 
5548 		/* Move the cursor to the start of the match, so that we can
5549 		 * use "\=col("."). */
5550 		curwin->w_cursor.col = regmatch.startpos[0].col;
5551 
5552 		/*
5553 		 * 3. substitute the string.
5554 		 */
5555 #ifdef FEAT_EVAL
5556 		if (subflags.do_count)
5557 		{
5558 		    /* prevent accidentally changing the buffer by a function */
5559 		    save_ma = curbuf->b_p_ma;
5560 		    curbuf->b_p_ma = FALSE;
5561 		    sandbox++;
5562 		}
5563 		/* Save flags for recursion.  They can change for e.g.
5564 		 * :s/^/\=execute("s#^##gn") */
5565 		subflags_save = subflags;
5566 #endif
5567 		/* get length of substitution part */
5568 		sublen = vim_regsub_multi(&regmatch,
5569 				    sub_firstlnum - regmatch.startpos[0].lnum,
5570 				    sub, sub_firstline, FALSE, p_magic, TRUE);
5571 #ifdef FEAT_EVAL
5572 		// If getting the substitute string caused an error, don't do
5573 		// the replacement.
5574 		if (aborting())
5575 		    goto skip;
5576 
5577 		// Don't keep flags set by a recursive call.
5578 		subflags = subflags_save;
5579 		if (subflags.do_count)
5580 		{
5581 		    curbuf->b_p_ma = save_ma;
5582 		    if (sandbox > 0)
5583 			sandbox--;
5584 		    goto skip;
5585 		}
5586 #endif
5587 
5588 		/* When the match included the "$" of the last line it may
5589 		 * go beyond the last line of the buffer. */
5590 		if (nmatch > curbuf->b_ml.ml_line_count - sub_firstlnum + 1)
5591 		{
5592 		    nmatch = curbuf->b_ml.ml_line_count - sub_firstlnum + 1;
5593 		    skip_match = TRUE;
5594 		}
5595 
5596 		/* Need room for:
5597 		 * - result so far in new_start (not for first sub in line)
5598 		 * - original text up to match
5599 		 * - length of substituted part
5600 		 * - original text after match
5601 		 * Adjust text properties here, since we have all information
5602 		 * needed.
5603 		 */
5604 		if (nmatch == 1)
5605 		{
5606 		    p1 = sub_firstline;
5607 #ifdef FEAT_TEXT_PROP
5608 		    if (curbuf->b_has_textprop)
5609 			adjust_prop_columns(lnum, regmatch.startpos[0].col,
5610 			      sublen - 1 - (regmatch.endpos[0].col
5611 						  - regmatch.startpos[0].col));
5612 #endif
5613 		}
5614 		else
5615 		{
5616 		    p1 = ml_get(sub_firstlnum + nmatch - 1);
5617 		    nmatch_tl += nmatch - 1;
5618 		}
5619 		copy_len = regmatch.startpos[0].col - copycol;
5620 		needed_len = copy_len + ((unsigned)STRLEN(p1)
5621 				       - regmatch.endpos[0].col) + sublen + 1;
5622 		if (new_start == NULL)
5623 		{
5624 		    /*
5625 		     * Get some space for a temporary buffer to do the
5626 		     * substitution into (and some extra space to avoid
5627 		     * too many calls to alloc()/free()).
5628 		     */
5629 		    new_start_len = needed_len + 50;
5630 		    if ((new_start = alloc_check(new_start_len)) == NULL)
5631 			goto outofmem;
5632 		    *new_start = NUL;
5633 		    new_end = new_start;
5634 		}
5635 		else
5636 		{
5637 		    /*
5638 		     * Check if the temporary buffer is long enough to do the
5639 		     * substitution into.  If not, make it larger (with a bit
5640 		     * extra to avoid too many calls to alloc()/free()).
5641 		     */
5642 		    len = (unsigned)STRLEN(new_start);
5643 		    needed_len += len;
5644 		    if (needed_len > (int)new_start_len)
5645 		    {
5646 			new_start_len = needed_len + 50;
5647 			if ((p1 = alloc_check(new_start_len)) == NULL)
5648 			{
5649 			    vim_free(new_start);
5650 			    goto outofmem;
5651 			}
5652 			mch_memmove(p1, new_start, (size_t)(len + 1));
5653 			vim_free(new_start);
5654 			new_start = p1;
5655 		    }
5656 		    new_end = new_start + len;
5657 		}
5658 
5659 		/*
5660 		 * copy the text up to the part that matched
5661 		 */
5662 		mch_memmove(new_end, sub_firstline + copycol, (size_t)copy_len);
5663 		new_end += copy_len;
5664 
5665 		(void)vim_regsub_multi(&regmatch,
5666 				    sub_firstlnum - regmatch.startpos[0].lnum,
5667 					   sub, new_end, TRUE, p_magic, TRUE);
5668 		sub_nsubs++;
5669 		did_sub = TRUE;
5670 
5671 		/* Move the cursor to the start of the line, to avoid that it
5672 		 * is beyond the end of the line after the substitution. */
5673 		curwin->w_cursor.col = 0;
5674 
5675 		/* For a multi-line match, make a copy of the last matched
5676 		 * line and continue in that one. */
5677 		if (nmatch > 1)
5678 		{
5679 		    sub_firstlnum += nmatch - 1;
5680 		    vim_free(sub_firstline);
5681 		    sub_firstline = vim_strsave(ml_get(sub_firstlnum));
5682 		    /* When going beyond the last line, stop substituting. */
5683 		    if (sub_firstlnum <= line2)
5684 			do_again = TRUE;
5685 		    else
5686 			subflags.do_all = FALSE;
5687 		}
5688 
5689 		/* Remember next character to be copied. */
5690 		copycol = regmatch.endpos[0].col;
5691 
5692 		if (skip_match)
5693 		{
5694 		    /* Already hit end of the buffer, sub_firstlnum is one
5695 		     * less than what it ought to be. */
5696 		    vim_free(sub_firstline);
5697 		    sub_firstline = vim_strsave((char_u *)"");
5698 		    copycol = 0;
5699 		}
5700 
5701 		/*
5702 		 * Now the trick is to replace CTRL-M chars with a real line
5703 		 * break.  This would make it impossible to insert a CTRL-M in
5704 		 * the text.  The line break can be avoided by preceding the
5705 		 * CTRL-M with a backslash.  To be able to insert a backslash,
5706 		 * they must be doubled in the string and are halved here.
5707 		 * That is Vi compatible.
5708 		 */
5709 		for (p1 = new_end; *p1; ++p1)
5710 		{
5711 		    if (p1[0] == '\\' && p1[1] != NUL)  /* remove backslash */
5712 			STRMOVE(p1, p1 + 1);
5713 		    else if (*p1 == CAR)
5714 		    {
5715 			if (u_inssub(lnum) == OK)   // prepare for undo
5716 			{
5717 			    colnr_T	plen = (colnr_T)(p1 - new_start + 1);
5718 
5719 			    *p1 = NUL;		    // truncate up to the CR
5720 			    ml_append(lnum - 1, new_start, plen, FALSE);
5721 			    mark_adjust(lnum + 1, (linenr_T)MAXLNUM, 1L, 0L);
5722 			    if (subflags.do_ask)
5723 				appended_lines(lnum - 1, 1L);
5724 			    else
5725 			    {
5726 				if (first_line == 0)
5727 				    first_line = lnum;
5728 				last_line = lnum + 1;
5729 			    }
5730 #ifdef FEAT_TEXT_PROP
5731 			    adjust_props_for_split(lnum, plen, 1);
5732 #endif
5733 			    // all line numbers increase
5734 			    ++sub_firstlnum;
5735 			    ++lnum;
5736 			    ++line2;
5737 			    // move the cursor to the new line, like Vi
5738 			    ++curwin->w_cursor.lnum;
5739 			    // copy the rest
5740 			    STRMOVE(new_start, p1 + 1);
5741 			    p1 = new_start - 1;
5742 			}
5743 		    }
5744 		    else if (has_mbyte)
5745 			p1 += (*mb_ptr2len)(p1) - 1;
5746 		}
5747 
5748 		/*
5749 		 * 4. If do_all is set, find next match.
5750 		 * Prevent endless loop with patterns that match empty
5751 		 * strings, e.g. :s/$/pat/g or :s/[a-z]* /(&)/g.
5752 		 * But ":s/\n/#/" is OK.
5753 		 */
5754 skip:
5755 		/* We already know that we did the last subst when we are at
5756 		 * the end of the line, except that a pattern like
5757 		 * "bar\|\nfoo" may match at the NUL.  "lnum" can be below
5758 		 * "line2" when there is a \zs in the pattern after a line
5759 		 * break. */
5760 		lastone = (skip_match
5761 			|| got_int
5762 			|| got_quit
5763 			|| lnum > line2
5764 			|| !(subflags.do_all || do_again)
5765 			|| (sub_firstline[matchcol] == NUL && nmatch <= 1
5766 					 && !re_multiline(regmatch.regprog)));
5767 		nmatch = -1;
5768 
5769 		/*
5770 		 * Replace the line in the buffer when needed.  This is
5771 		 * skipped when there are more matches.
5772 		 * The check for nmatch_tl is needed for when multi-line
5773 		 * matching must replace the lines before trying to do another
5774 		 * match, otherwise "\@<=" won't work.
5775 		 * When the match starts below where we start searching also
5776 		 * need to replace the line first (using \zs after \n).
5777 		 */
5778 		if (lastone
5779 			|| nmatch_tl > 0
5780 			|| (nmatch = vim_regexec_multi(&regmatch, curwin,
5781 							curbuf, sub_firstlnum,
5782 						    matchcol, NULL, NULL)) == 0
5783 			|| regmatch.startpos[0].lnum > 0)
5784 		{
5785 		    if (new_start != NULL)
5786 		    {
5787 			/*
5788 			 * Copy the rest of the line, that didn't match.
5789 			 * "matchcol" has to be adjusted, we use the end of
5790 			 * the line as reference, because the substitute may
5791 			 * have changed the number of characters.  Same for
5792 			 * "prev_matchcol".
5793 			 */
5794 			STRCAT(new_start, sub_firstline + copycol);
5795 			matchcol = (colnr_T)STRLEN(sub_firstline) - matchcol;
5796 			prev_matchcol = (colnr_T)STRLEN(sub_firstline)
5797 							      - prev_matchcol;
5798 
5799 			if (u_savesub(lnum) != OK)
5800 			    break;
5801 			ml_replace(lnum, new_start, TRUE);
5802 
5803 			if (nmatch_tl > 0)
5804 			{
5805 			    /*
5806 			     * Matched lines have now been substituted and are
5807 			     * useless, delete them.  The part after the match
5808 			     * has been appended to new_start, we don't need
5809 			     * it in the buffer.
5810 			     */
5811 			    ++lnum;
5812 			    if (u_savedel(lnum, nmatch_tl) != OK)
5813 				break;
5814 			    for (i = 0; i < nmatch_tl; ++i)
5815 				ml_delete(lnum, (int)FALSE);
5816 			    mark_adjust(lnum, lnum + nmatch_tl - 1,
5817 						   (long)MAXLNUM, -nmatch_tl);
5818 			    if (subflags.do_ask)
5819 				deleted_lines(lnum, nmatch_tl);
5820 			    --lnum;
5821 			    line2 -= nmatch_tl; /* nr of lines decreases */
5822 			    nmatch_tl = 0;
5823 			}
5824 
5825 			/* When asking, undo is saved each time, must also set
5826 			 * changed flag each time. */
5827 			if (subflags.do_ask)
5828 			    changed_bytes(lnum, 0);
5829 			else
5830 			{
5831 			    if (first_line == 0)
5832 				first_line = lnum;
5833 			    last_line = lnum + 1;
5834 			}
5835 
5836 			sub_firstlnum = lnum;
5837 			vim_free(sub_firstline);    /* free the temp buffer */
5838 			sub_firstline = new_start;
5839 			new_start = NULL;
5840 			matchcol = (colnr_T)STRLEN(sub_firstline) - matchcol;
5841 			prev_matchcol = (colnr_T)STRLEN(sub_firstline)
5842 							      - prev_matchcol;
5843 			copycol = 0;
5844 		    }
5845 		    if (nmatch == -1 && !lastone)
5846 			nmatch = vim_regexec_multi(&regmatch, curwin, curbuf,
5847 					  sub_firstlnum, matchcol, NULL, NULL);
5848 
5849 		    /*
5850 		     * 5. break if there isn't another match in this line
5851 		     */
5852 		    if (nmatch <= 0)
5853 		    {
5854 			/* If the match found didn't start where we were
5855 			 * searching, do the next search in the line where we
5856 			 * found the match. */
5857 			if (nmatch == -1)
5858 			    lnum -= regmatch.startpos[0].lnum;
5859 			break;
5860 		    }
5861 		}
5862 
5863 		line_breakcheck();
5864 	    }
5865 
5866 	    if (did_sub)
5867 		++sub_nlines;
5868 	    vim_free(new_start);	/* for when substitute was cancelled */
5869 	    VIM_CLEAR(sub_firstline);	/* free the copy of the original line */
5870 	}
5871 
5872 	line_breakcheck();
5873     }
5874 
5875     if (first_line != 0)
5876     {
5877 	/* Need to subtract the number of added lines from "last_line" to get
5878 	 * the line number before the change (same as adding the number of
5879 	 * deleted lines). */
5880 	i = curbuf->b_ml.ml_line_count - old_line_count;
5881 	changed_lines(first_line, 0, last_line - i, i);
5882     }
5883 
5884 outofmem:
5885     vim_free(sub_firstline); /* may have to free allocated copy of the line */
5886 
5887     /* ":s/pat//n" doesn't move the cursor */
5888     if (subflags.do_count)
5889 	curwin->w_cursor = old_cursor;
5890 
5891     if (sub_nsubs > start_nsubs)
5892     {
5893 	/* Set the '[ and '] marks. */
5894 	curbuf->b_op_start.lnum = eap->line1;
5895 	curbuf->b_op_end.lnum = line2;
5896 	curbuf->b_op_start.col = curbuf->b_op_end.col = 0;
5897 
5898 	if (!global_busy)
5899 	{
5900 	    /* when interactive leave cursor on the match */
5901 	    if (!subflags.do_ask)
5902 	    {
5903 		if (endcolumn)
5904 		    coladvance((colnr_T)MAXCOL);
5905 		else
5906 		    beginline(BL_WHITE | BL_FIX);
5907 	    }
5908 	    if (!do_sub_msg(subflags.do_count) && subflags.do_ask)
5909 		msg("");
5910 	}
5911 	else
5912 	    global_need_beginline = TRUE;
5913 	if (subflags.do_print)
5914 	    print_line(curwin->w_cursor.lnum,
5915 					 subflags.do_number, subflags.do_list);
5916     }
5917     else if (!global_busy)
5918     {
5919 	if (got_int)		/* interrupted */
5920 	    emsg(_(e_interr));
5921 	else if (got_match)	/* did find something but nothing substituted */
5922 	    msg("");
5923 	else if (subflags.do_error)	/* nothing found */
5924 	    semsg(_(e_patnotf2), get_search_pat());
5925     }
5926 
5927 #ifdef FEAT_FOLDING
5928     if (subflags.do_ask && hasAnyFolding(curwin))
5929 	/* Cursor position may require updating */
5930 	changed_window_setting();
5931 #endif
5932 
5933     vim_regfree(regmatch.regprog);
5934 
5935     /* Restore the flag values, they can be used for ":&&". */
5936     subflags.do_all = save_do_all;
5937     subflags.do_ask = save_do_ask;
5938 }
5939 
5940 /*
5941  * Give message for number of substitutions.
5942  * Can also be used after a ":global" command.
5943  * Return TRUE if a message was given.
5944  */
5945     int
5946 do_sub_msg(
5947     int	    count_only)		/* used 'n' flag for ":s" */
5948 {
5949     /*
5950      * Only report substitutions when:
5951      * - more than 'report' substitutions
5952      * - command was typed by user, or number of changed lines > 'report'
5953      * - giving messages is not disabled by 'lazyredraw'
5954      */
5955     if (((sub_nsubs > p_report && (KeyTyped || sub_nlines > 1 || p_report < 1))
5956 		|| count_only)
5957 	    && messaging())
5958     {
5959 	char	*msg_single;
5960 	char	*msg_plural;
5961 
5962 	if (got_int)
5963 	    STRCPY(msg_buf, _("(Interrupted) "));
5964 	else
5965 	    *msg_buf = NUL;
5966 
5967 	msg_single = count_only
5968 		    ? NGETTEXT("%ld match on %ld line",
5969 					  "%ld matches on %ld line", sub_nsubs)
5970 		    : NGETTEXT("%ld substitution on %ld line",
5971 				   "%ld substitutions on %ld line", sub_nsubs);
5972 	msg_plural = count_only
5973 		    ? NGETTEXT("%ld match on %ld lines",
5974 					 "%ld matches on %ld lines", sub_nsubs)
5975 		    : NGETTEXT("%ld substitution on %ld lines",
5976 				  "%ld substitutions on %ld lines", sub_nsubs);
5977 
5978 	vim_snprintf_add(msg_buf, sizeof(msg_buf),
5979 				 NGETTEXT(msg_single, msg_plural, sub_nlines),
5980 				 sub_nsubs, (long)sub_nlines);
5981 
5982 	if (msg(msg_buf))
5983 	    /* save message to display it after redraw */
5984 	    set_keep_msg((char_u *)msg_buf, 0);
5985 	return TRUE;
5986     }
5987     if (got_int)
5988     {
5989 	emsg(_(e_interr));
5990 	return TRUE;
5991     }
5992     return FALSE;
5993 }
5994 
5995     static void
5996 global_exe_one(char_u *cmd, linenr_T lnum)
5997 {
5998     curwin->w_cursor.lnum = lnum;
5999     curwin->w_cursor.col = 0;
6000     if (*cmd == NUL || *cmd == '\n')
6001 	do_cmdline((char_u *)"p", NULL, NULL, DOCMD_NOWAIT);
6002     else
6003 	do_cmdline(cmd, NULL, NULL, DOCMD_NOWAIT);
6004 }
6005 
6006 /*
6007  * Execute a global command of the form:
6008  *
6009  * g/pattern/X : execute X on all lines where pattern matches
6010  * v/pattern/X : execute X on all lines where pattern does not match
6011  *
6012  * where 'X' is an EX command
6013  *
6014  * The command character (as well as the trailing slash) is optional, and
6015  * is assumed to be 'p' if missing.
6016  *
6017  * This is implemented in two passes: first we scan the file for the pattern and
6018  * set a mark for each line that (not) matches. Secondly we execute the command
6019  * for each line that has a mark. This is required because after deleting
6020  * lines we do not know where to search for the next match.
6021  */
6022     void
6023 ex_global(exarg_T *eap)
6024 {
6025     linenr_T	lnum;		/* line number according to old situation */
6026     int		ndone = 0;
6027     int		type;		/* first char of cmd: 'v' or 'g' */
6028     char_u	*cmd;		/* command argument */
6029 
6030     char_u	delim;		/* delimiter, normally '/' */
6031     char_u	*pat;
6032     regmmatch_T	regmatch;
6033     int		match;
6034     int		which_pat;
6035 
6036     /* When nesting the command works on one line.  This allows for
6037      * ":g/found/v/notfound/command". */
6038     if (global_busy && (eap->line1 != 1
6039 				  || eap->line2 != curbuf->b_ml.ml_line_count))
6040     {
6041 	/* will increment global_busy to break out of the loop */
6042 	emsg(_("E147: Cannot do :global recursive with a range"));
6043 	return;
6044     }
6045 
6046     if (eap->forceit)		    /* ":global!" is like ":vglobal" */
6047 	type = 'v';
6048     else
6049 	type = *eap->cmd;
6050     cmd = eap->arg;
6051     which_pat = RE_LAST;	    /* default: use last used regexp */
6052 
6053     /*
6054      * undocumented vi feature:
6055      *	"\/" and "\?": use previous search pattern.
6056      *		 "\&": use previous substitute pattern.
6057      */
6058     if (*cmd == '\\')
6059     {
6060 	++cmd;
6061 	if (vim_strchr((char_u *)"/?&", *cmd) == NULL)
6062 	{
6063 	    emsg(_(e_backslash));
6064 	    return;
6065 	}
6066 	if (*cmd == '&')
6067 	    which_pat = RE_SUBST;	/* use previous substitute pattern */
6068 	else
6069 	    which_pat = RE_SEARCH;	/* use previous search pattern */
6070 	++cmd;
6071 	pat = (char_u *)"";
6072     }
6073     else if (*cmd == NUL)
6074     {
6075 	emsg(_("E148: Regular expression missing from global"));
6076 	return;
6077     }
6078     else
6079     {
6080 	delim = *cmd;		/* get the delimiter */
6081 	if (delim)
6082 	    ++cmd;		/* skip delimiter if there is one */
6083 	pat = cmd;		/* remember start of pattern */
6084 	cmd = skip_regexp(cmd, delim, p_magic, &eap->arg);
6085 	if (cmd[0] == delim)		    /* end delimiter found */
6086 	    *cmd++ = NUL;		    /* replace it with a NUL */
6087     }
6088 
6089     if (search_regcomp(pat, RE_BOTH, which_pat, SEARCH_HIS, &regmatch) == FAIL)
6090     {
6091 	emsg(_(e_invcmd));
6092 	return;
6093     }
6094 
6095     if (global_busy)
6096     {
6097 	lnum = curwin->w_cursor.lnum;
6098 	match = vim_regexec_multi(&regmatch, curwin, curbuf, lnum,
6099 						       (colnr_T)0, NULL, NULL);
6100 	if ((type == 'g' && match) || (type == 'v' && !match))
6101 	    global_exe_one(cmd, lnum);
6102     }
6103     else
6104     {
6105 	/*
6106 	 * pass 1: set marks for each (not) matching line
6107 	 */
6108 	for (lnum = eap->line1; lnum <= eap->line2 && !got_int; ++lnum)
6109 	{
6110 	    /* a match on this line? */
6111 	    match = vim_regexec_multi(&regmatch, curwin, curbuf, lnum,
6112 						       (colnr_T)0, NULL, NULL);
6113 	    if ((type == 'g' && match) || (type == 'v' && !match))
6114 	    {
6115 		ml_setmarked(lnum);
6116 		ndone++;
6117 	    }
6118 	    line_breakcheck();
6119 	}
6120 
6121 	/*
6122 	 * pass 2: execute the command for each line that has been marked
6123 	 */
6124 	if (got_int)
6125 	    msg(_(e_interr));
6126 	else if (ndone == 0)
6127 	{
6128 	    if (type == 'v')
6129 		smsg(_("Pattern found in every line: %s"), pat);
6130 	    else
6131 		smsg(_("Pattern not found: %s"), pat);
6132 	}
6133 	else
6134 	{
6135 #ifdef FEAT_CLIPBOARD
6136 	    start_global_changes();
6137 #endif
6138 	    global_exe(cmd);
6139 #ifdef FEAT_CLIPBOARD
6140 	    end_global_changes();
6141 #endif
6142 	}
6143 
6144 	ml_clearmarked();	   /* clear rest of the marks */
6145     }
6146 
6147     vim_regfree(regmatch.regprog);
6148 }
6149 
6150 /*
6151  * Execute "cmd" on lines marked with ml_setmarked().
6152  */
6153     void
6154 global_exe(char_u *cmd)
6155 {
6156     linenr_T old_lcount;	/* b_ml.ml_line_count before the command */
6157     buf_T    *old_buf = curbuf;	/* remember what buffer we started in */
6158     linenr_T lnum;		/* line number according to old situation */
6159 
6160     /*
6161      * Set current position only once for a global command.
6162      * If global_busy is set, setpcmark() will not do anything.
6163      * If there is an error, global_busy will be incremented.
6164      */
6165     setpcmark();
6166 
6167     /* When the command writes a message, don't overwrite the command. */
6168     msg_didout = TRUE;
6169 
6170     sub_nsubs = 0;
6171     sub_nlines = 0;
6172     global_need_beginline = FALSE;
6173     global_busy = 1;
6174     old_lcount = curbuf->b_ml.ml_line_count;
6175     while (!got_int && (lnum = ml_firstmarked()) != 0 && global_busy == 1)
6176     {
6177 	global_exe_one(cmd, lnum);
6178 	ui_breakcheck();
6179     }
6180 
6181     global_busy = 0;
6182     if (global_need_beginline)
6183 	beginline(BL_WHITE | BL_FIX);
6184     else
6185 	check_cursor();	/* cursor may be beyond the end of the line */
6186 
6187     /* the cursor may not have moved in the text but a change in a previous
6188      * line may move it on the screen */
6189     changed_line_abv_curs();
6190 
6191     /* If it looks like no message was written, allow overwriting the
6192      * command with the report for number of changes. */
6193     if (msg_col == 0 && msg_scrolled == 0)
6194 	msg_didout = FALSE;
6195 
6196     /* If substitutes done, report number of substitutes, otherwise report
6197      * number of extra or deleted lines.
6198      * Don't report extra or deleted lines in the edge case where the buffer
6199      * we are in after execution is different from the buffer we started in. */
6200     if (!do_sub_msg(FALSE) && curbuf == old_buf)
6201 	msgmore(curbuf->b_ml.ml_line_count - old_lcount);
6202 }
6203 
6204 #ifdef FEAT_VIMINFO
6205     int
6206 read_viminfo_sub_string(vir_T *virp, int force)
6207 {
6208     if (force)
6209 	vim_free(old_sub);
6210     if (force || old_sub == NULL)
6211 	old_sub = viminfo_readstring(virp, 1, TRUE);
6212     return viminfo_readline(virp);
6213 }
6214 
6215     void
6216 write_viminfo_sub_string(FILE *fp)
6217 {
6218     if (get_viminfo_parameter('/') != 0 && old_sub != NULL)
6219     {
6220 	fputs(_("\n# Last Substitute String:\n$"), fp);
6221 	viminfo_writestring(fp, old_sub);
6222     }
6223 }
6224 #endif /* FEAT_VIMINFO */
6225 
6226 #if defined(EXITFREE) || defined(PROTO)
6227     void
6228 free_old_sub(void)
6229 {
6230     vim_free(old_sub);
6231 }
6232 #endif
6233 
6234 #if defined(FEAT_QUICKFIX) || defined(PROTO)
6235 /*
6236  * Set up for a tagpreview.
6237  * Return TRUE when it was created.
6238  */
6239     int
6240 prepare_tagpreview(
6241     int		undo_sync)	/* sync undo when leaving the window */
6242 {
6243     win_T	*wp;
6244 
6245 # ifdef FEAT_GUI
6246     need_mouse_correct = TRUE;
6247 # endif
6248 
6249     /*
6250      * If there is already a preview window open, use that one.
6251      */
6252     if (!curwin->w_p_pvw)
6253     {
6254 	FOR_ALL_WINDOWS(wp)
6255 	    if (wp->w_p_pvw)
6256 		break;
6257 	if (wp != NULL)
6258 	    win_enter(wp, undo_sync);
6259 	else
6260 	{
6261 	    /*
6262 	     * There is no preview window open yet.  Create one.
6263 	     */
6264 	    if (win_split(g_do_tagpreview > 0 ? g_do_tagpreview : 0, 0)
6265 								      == FAIL)
6266 		return FALSE;
6267 	    curwin->w_p_pvw = TRUE;
6268 	    curwin->w_p_wfh = TRUE;
6269 	    RESET_BINDING(curwin);	    /* don't take over 'scrollbind'
6270 					       and 'cursorbind' */
6271 # ifdef FEAT_DIFF
6272 	    curwin->w_p_diff = FALSE;	    /* no 'diff' */
6273 # endif
6274 # ifdef FEAT_FOLDING
6275 	    curwin->w_p_fdc = 0;	    /* no 'foldcolumn' */
6276 # endif
6277 	    return TRUE;
6278 	}
6279     }
6280     return FALSE;
6281 }
6282 
6283 #endif
6284 
6285 
6286 /*
6287  * ":help": open a read-only window on a help file
6288  */
6289     void
6290 ex_help(exarg_T *eap)
6291 {
6292     char_u	*arg;
6293     char_u	*tag;
6294     FILE	*helpfd;	/* file descriptor of help file */
6295     int		n;
6296     int		i;
6297     win_T	*wp;
6298     int		num_matches;
6299     char_u	**matches;
6300     char_u	*p;
6301     int		empty_fnum = 0;
6302     int		alt_fnum = 0;
6303     buf_T	*buf;
6304 #ifdef FEAT_MULTI_LANG
6305     int		len;
6306     char_u	*lang;
6307 #endif
6308 #ifdef FEAT_FOLDING
6309     int		old_KeyTyped = KeyTyped;
6310 #endif
6311 
6312     if (eap != NULL)
6313     {
6314 	/*
6315 	 * A ":help" command ends at the first LF, or at a '|' that is
6316 	 * followed by some text.  Set nextcmd to the following command.
6317 	 */
6318 	for (arg = eap->arg; *arg; ++arg)
6319 	{
6320 	    if (*arg == '\n' || *arg == '\r'
6321 		    || (*arg == '|' && arg[1] != NUL && arg[1] != '|'))
6322 	    {
6323 		*arg++ = NUL;
6324 		eap->nextcmd = arg;
6325 		break;
6326 	    }
6327 	}
6328 	arg = eap->arg;
6329 
6330 	if (eap->forceit && *arg == NUL && !curbuf->b_help)
6331 	{
6332 	    emsg(_("E478: Don't panic!"));
6333 	    return;
6334 	}
6335 
6336 	if (eap->skip)	    /* not executing commands */
6337 	    return;
6338     }
6339     else
6340 	arg = (char_u *)"";
6341 
6342     /* remove trailing blanks */
6343     p = arg + STRLEN(arg) - 1;
6344     while (p > arg && VIM_ISWHITE(*p) && p[-1] != '\\')
6345 	*p-- = NUL;
6346 
6347 #ifdef FEAT_MULTI_LANG
6348     /* Check for a specified language */
6349     lang = check_help_lang(arg);
6350 #endif
6351 
6352     /* When no argument given go to the index. */
6353     if (*arg == NUL)
6354 	arg = (char_u *)"help.txt";
6355 
6356     /*
6357      * Check if there is a match for the argument.
6358      */
6359     n = find_help_tags(arg, &num_matches, &matches,
6360 						 eap != NULL && eap->forceit);
6361 
6362     i = 0;
6363 #ifdef FEAT_MULTI_LANG
6364     if (n != FAIL && lang != NULL)
6365 	/* Find first item with the requested language. */
6366 	for (i = 0; i < num_matches; ++i)
6367 	{
6368 	    len = (int)STRLEN(matches[i]);
6369 	    if (len > 3 && matches[i][len - 3] == '@'
6370 				  && STRICMP(matches[i] + len - 2, lang) == 0)
6371 		break;
6372 	}
6373 #endif
6374     if (i >= num_matches || n == FAIL)
6375     {
6376 #ifdef FEAT_MULTI_LANG
6377 	if (lang != NULL)
6378 	    semsg(_("E661: Sorry, no '%s' help for %s"), lang, arg);
6379 	else
6380 #endif
6381 	    semsg(_("E149: Sorry, no help for %s"), arg);
6382 	if (n != FAIL)
6383 	    FreeWild(num_matches, matches);
6384 	return;
6385     }
6386 
6387     /* The first match (in the requested language) is the best match. */
6388     tag = vim_strsave(matches[i]);
6389     FreeWild(num_matches, matches);
6390 
6391 #ifdef FEAT_GUI
6392     need_mouse_correct = TRUE;
6393 #endif
6394 
6395     /*
6396      * Re-use an existing help window or open a new one.
6397      * Always open a new one for ":tab help".
6398      */
6399     if (!bt_help(curwin->w_buffer) || cmdmod.tab != 0)
6400     {
6401 	if (cmdmod.tab != 0)
6402 	    wp = NULL;
6403 	else
6404 	    FOR_ALL_WINDOWS(wp)
6405 		if (bt_help(wp->w_buffer))
6406 		    break;
6407 	if (wp != NULL && wp->w_buffer->b_nwindows > 0)
6408 	    win_enter(wp, TRUE);
6409 	else
6410 	{
6411 	    /*
6412 	     * There is no help window yet.
6413 	     * Try to open the file specified by the "helpfile" option.
6414 	     */
6415 	    if ((helpfd = mch_fopen((char *)p_hf, READBIN)) == NULL)
6416 	    {
6417 		smsg(_("Sorry, help file \"%s\" not found"), p_hf);
6418 		goto erret;
6419 	    }
6420 	    fclose(helpfd);
6421 
6422 	    /* Split off help window; put it at far top if no position
6423 	     * specified, the current window is vertically split and
6424 	     * narrow. */
6425 	    n = WSP_HELP;
6426 	    if (cmdmod.split == 0 && curwin->w_width != Columns
6427 						  && curwin->w_width < 80)
6428 		n |= WSP_TOP;
6429 	    if (win_split(0, n) == FAIL)
6430 		goto erret;
6431 
6432 	    if (curwin->w_height < p_hh)
6433 		win_setheight((int)p_hh);
6434 
6435 	    /*
6436 	     * Open help file (do_ecmd() will set b_help flag, readfile() will
6437 	     * set b_p_ro flag).
6438 	     * Set the alternate file to the previously edited file.
6439 	     */
6440 	    alt_fnum = curbuf->b_fnum;
6441 	    (void)do_ecmd(0, NULL, NULL, NULL, ECMD_LASTL,
6442 			  ECMD_HIDE + ECMD_SET_HELP,
6443 			  NULL);  /* buffer is still open, don't store info */
6444 	    if (!cmdmod.keepalt)
6445 		curwin->w_alt_fnum = alt_fnum;
6446 	    empty_fnum = curbuf->b_fnum;
6447 	}
6448     }
6449 
6450     if (!p_im)
6451 	restart_edit = 0;	    /* don't want insert mode in help file */
6452 
6453 #ifdef FEAT_FOLDING
6454     /* Restore KeyTyped, setting 'filetype=help' may reset it.
6455      * It is needed for do_tag top open folds under the cursor. */
6456     KeyTyped = old_KeyTyped;
6457 #endif
6458 
6459     if (tag != NULL)
6460 	do_tag(tag, DT_HELP, 1, FALSE, TRUE);
6461 
6462     /* Delete the empty buffer if we're not using it.  Careful: autocommands
6463      * may have jumped to another window, check that the buffer is not in a
6464      * window. */
6465     if (empty_fnum != 0 && curbuf->b_fnum != empty_fnum)
6466     {
6467 	buf = buflist_findnr(empty_fnum);
6468 	if (buf != NULL && buf->b_nwindows == 0)
6469 	    wipe_buffer(buf, TRUE);
6470     }
6471 
6472     /* keep the previous alternate file */
6473     if (alt_fnum != 0 && curwin->w_alt_fnum == empty_fnum && !cmdmod.keepalt)
6474 	curwin->w_alt_fnum = alt_fnum;
6475 
6476 erret:
6477     vim_free(tag);
6478 }
6479 
6480 /*
6481  * ":helpclose": Close one help window
6482  */
6483     void
6484 ex_helpclose(exarg_T *eap UNUSED)
6485 {
6486     win_T *win;
6487 
6488     FOR_ALL_WINDOWS(win)
6489     {
6490 	if (bt_help(win->w_buffer))
6491 	{
6492 	    win_close(win, FALSE);
6493 	    return;
6494 	}
6495     }
6496 }
6497 
6498 #if defined(FEAT_MULTI_LANG) || defined(PROTO)
6499 /*
6500  * In an argument search for a language specifiers in the form "@xx".
6501  * Changes the "@" to NUL if found, and returns a pointer to "xx".
6502  * Returns NULL if not found.
6503  */
6504     char_u *
6505 check_help_lang(char_u *arg)
6506 {
6507     int len = (int)STRLEN(arg);
6508 
6509     if (len >= 3 && arg[len - 3] == '@' && ASCII_ISALPHA(arg[len - 2])
6510 					       && ASCII_ISALPHA(arg[len - 1]))
6511     {
6512 	arg[len - 3] = NUL;		/* remove the '@' */
6513 	return arg + len - 2;
6514     }
6515     return NULL;
6516 }
6517 #endif
6518 
6519 /*
6520  * Return a heuristic indicating how well the given string matches.  The
6521  * smaller the number, the better the match.  This is the order of priorities,
6522  * from best match to worst match:
6523  *	- Match with least alpha-numeric characters is better.
6524  *	- Match with least total characters is better.
6525  *	- Match towards the start is better.
6526  *	- Match starting with "+" is worse (feature instead of command)
6527  * Assumption is made that the matched_string passed has already been found to
6528  * match some string for which help is requested.  webb.
6529  */
6530     int
6531 help_heuristic(
6532     char_u	*matched_string,
6533     int		offset,			/* offset for match */
6534     int		wrong_case)		/* no matching case */
6535 {
6536     int		num_letters;
6537     char_u	*p;
6538 
6539     num_letters = 0;
6540     for (p = matched_string; *p; p++)
6541 	if (ASCII_ISALNUM(*p))
6542 	    num_letters++;
6543 
6544     /*
6545      * Multiply the number of letters by 100 to give it a much bigger
6546      * weighting than the number of characters.
6547      * If there only is a match while ignoring case, add 5000.
6548      * If the match starts in the middle of a word, add 10000 to put it
6549      * somewhere in the last half.
6550      * If the match is more than 2 chars from the start, multiply by 200 to
6551      * put it after matches at the start.
6552      */
6553     if (ASCII_ISALNUM(matched_string[offset]) && offset > 0
6554 				 && ASCII_ISALNUM(matched_string[offset - 1]))
6555 	offset += 10000;
6556     else if (offset > 2)
6557 	offset *= 200;
6558     if (wrong_case)
6559 	offset += 5000;
6560     /* Features are less interesting than the subjects themselves, but "+"
6561      * alone is not a feature. */
6562     if (matched_string[0] == '+' && matched_string[1] != NUL)
6563 	offset += 100;
6564     return (int)(100 * num_letters + STRLEN(matched_string) + offset);
6565 }
6566 
6567 /*
6568  * Compare functions for qsort() below, that checks the help heuristics number
6569  * that has been put after the tagname by find_tags().
6570  */
6571     static int
6572 help_compare(const void *s1, const void *s2)
6573 {
6574     char    *p1;
6575     char    *p2;
6576 
6577     p1 = *(char **)s1 + strlen(*(char **)s1) + 1;
6578     p2 = *(char **)s2 + strlen(*(char **)s2) + 1;
6579     return strcmp(p1, p2);
6580 }
6581 
6582 /*
6583  * Find all help tags matching "arg", sort them and return in matches[], with
6584  * the number of matches in num_matches.
6585  * The matches will be sorted with a "best" match algorithm.
6586  * When "keep_lang" is TRUE try keeping the language of the current buffer.
6587  */
6588     int
6589 find_help_tags(
6590     char_u	*arg,
6591     int		*num_matches,
6592     char_u	***matches,
6593     int		keep_lang)
6594 {
6595     char_u	*s, *d;
6596     int		i;
6597     static char *(mtable[]) = {"*", "g*", "[*", "]*", ":*",
6598 			       "/*", "/\\*", "\"*", "**",
6599 			       "cpo-*", "/\\(\\)", "/\\%(\\)",
6600 			       "?", ":?", "?<CR>", "g?", "g?g?", "g??",
6601 			       "-?", "q?", "v_g?",
6602 			       "/\\?", "/\\z(\\)", "\\=", ":s\\=",
6603 			       "[count]", "[quotex]",
6604 			       "[range]", ":[range]",
6605 			       "[pattern]", "\\|", "\\%$",
6606 			       "s/\\~", "s/\\U", "s/\\L",
6607 			       "s/\\1", "s/\\2", "s/\\3", "s/\\9"};
6608     static char *(rtable[]) = {"star", "gstar", "[star", "]star", ":star",
6609 			       "/star", "/\\\\star", "quotestar", "starstar",
6610 			       "cpo-star", "/\\\\(\\\\)", "/\\\\%(\\\\)",
6611 			       "?", ":?", "?<CR>", "g?", "g?g?", "g??",
6612 			       "-?", "q?", "v_g?",
6613 			       "/\\\\?", "/\\\\z(\\\\)", "\\\\=", ":s\\\\=",
6614 			       "\\[count]", "\\[quotex]",
6615 			       "\\[range]", ":\\[range]",
6616 			       "\\[pattern]", "\\\\bar", "/\\\\%\\$",
6617 			       "s/\\\\\\~", "s/\\\\U", "s/\\\\L",
6618 			       "s/\\\\1", "s/\\\\2", "s/\\\\3", "s/\\\\9"};
6619     static char *(expr_table[]) = {"!=?", "!~?", "<=?", "<?", "==?", "=~?",
6620 				">=?", ">?", "is?", "isnot?"};
6621     int flags;
6622 
6623     d = IObuff;		    /* assume IObuff is long enough! */
6624 
6625     if (STRNICMP(arg, "expr-", 5) == 0)
6626     {
6627 	// When the string starting with "expr-" and containing '?' and matches
6628 	// the table, it is taken literally.  Otherwise '?' is recognized as a
6629 	// wildcard.
6630 	for (i = (int)(sizeof(expr_table) / sizeof(char *)); --i >= 0; )
6631 	    if (STRCMP(arg + 5, expr_table[i]) == 0)
6632 	    {
6633 		STRCPY(d, arg);
6634 		break;
6635 	    }
6636     }
6637     else
6638     {
6639 	// Recognize a few exceptions to the rule.  Some strings that contain
6640 	// '*' with "star".  Otherwise '*' is recognized as a wildcard.
6641 	for (i = (int)(sizeof(mtable) / sizeof(char *)); --i >= 0; )
6642 	    if (STRCMP(arg, mtable[i]) == 0)
6643 	    {
6644 		STRCPY(d, rtable[i]);
6645 		break;
6646 	    }
6647     }
6648 
6649     if (i < 0)	/* no match in table */
6650     {
6651 	/* Replace "\S" with "/\\S", etc.  Otherwise every tag is matched.
6652 	 * Also replace "\%^" and "\%(", they match every tag too.
6653 	 * Also "\zs", "\z1", etc.
6654 	 * Also "\@<", "\@=", "\@<=", etc.
6655 	 * And also "\_$" and "\_^". */
6656 	if (arg[0] == '\\'
6657 		&& ((arg[1] != NUL && arg[2] == NUL)
6658 		    || (vim_strchr((char_u *)"%_z@", arg[1]) != NULL
6659 							   && arg[2] != NUL)))
6660 	{
6661 	    STRCPY(d, "/\\\\");
6662 	    STRCPY(d + 3, arg + 1);
6663 	    /* Check for "/\\_$", should be "/\\_\$" */
6664 	    if (d[3] == '_' && d[4] == '$')
6665 		STRCPY(d + 4, "\\$");
6666 	}
6667 	else
6668 	{
6669 	  /* Replace:
6670 	   * "[:...:]" with "\[:...:]"
6671 	   * "[++...]" with "\[++...]"
6672 	   * "\{" with "\\{"		   -- matching "} \}"
6673 	   */
6674 	    if ((arg[0] == '[' && (arg[1] == ':'
6675 			 || (arg[1] == '+' && arg[2] == '+')))
6676 		    || (arg[0] == '\\' && arg[1] == '{'))
6677 	      *d++ = '\\';
6678 
6679 	  /*
6680 	   * If tag starts with "('", skip the "(". Fixes CTRL-] on ('option'.
6681 	   */
6682 	  if (*arg == '(' && arg[1] == '\'')
6683 	      arg++;
6684 	  for (s = arg; *s; ++s)
6685 	  {
6686 	    /*
6687 	     * Replace "|" with "bar" and '"' with "quote" to match the name of
6688 	     * the tags for these commands.
6689 	     * Replace "*" with ".*" and "?" with "." to match command line
6690 	     * completion.
6691 	     * Insert a backslash before '~', '$' and '.' to avoid their
6692 	     * special meaning.
6693 	     */
6694 	    if (d - IObuff > IOSIZE - 10)	/* getting too long!? */
6695 		break;
6696 	    switch (*s)
6697 	    {
6698 		case '|':   STRCPY(d, "bar");
6699 			    d += 3;
6700 			    continue;
6701 		case '"':   STRCPY(d, "quote");
6702 			    d += 5;
6703 			    continue;
6704 		case '*':   *d++ = '.';
6705 			    break;
6706 		case '?':   *d++ = '.';
6707 			    continue;
6708 		case '$':
6709 		case '.':
6710 		case '~':   *d++ = '\\';
6711 			    break;
6712 	    }
6713 
6714 	    /*
6715 	     * Replace "^x" by "CTRL-X". Don't do this for "^_" to make
6716 	     * ":help i_^_CTRL-D" work.
6717 	     * Insert '-' before and after "CTRL-X" when applicable.
6718 	     */
6719 	    if (*s < ' ' || (*s == '^' && s[1] && (ASCII_ISALPHA(s[1])
6720 			   || vim_strchr((char_u *)"?@[\\]^", s[1]) != NULL)))
6721 	    {
6722 		if (d > IObuff && d[-1] != '_' && d[-1] != '\\')
6723 		    *d++ = '_';		/* prepend a '_' to make x_CTRL-x */
6724 		STRCPY(d, "CTRL-");
6725 		d += 5;
6726 		if (*s < ' ')
6727 		{
6728 #ifdef EBCDIC
6729 		    *d++ = CtrlChar(*s);
6730 #else
6731 		    *d++ = *s + '@';
6732 #endif
6733 		    if (d[-1] == '\\')
6734 			*d++ = '\\';	/* double a backslash */
6735 		}
6736 		else
6737 		    *d++ = *++s;
6738 		if (s[1] != NUL && s[1] != '_')
6739 		    *d++ = '_';		/* append a '_' */
6740 		continue;
6741 	    }
6742 	    else if (*s == '^')		/* "^" or "CTRL-^" or "^_" */
6743 		*d++ = '\\';
6744 
6745 	    /*
6746 	     * Insert a backslash before a backslash after a slash, for search
6747 	     * pattern tags: "/\|" --> "/\\|".
6748 	     */
6749 	    else if (s[0] == '\\' && s[1] != '\\'
6750 					       && *arg == '/' && s == arg + 1)
6751 		*d++ = '\\';
6752 
6753 	    /* "CTRL-\_" -> "CTRL-\\_" to avoid the special meaning of "\_" in
6754 	     * "CTRL-\_CTRL-N" */
6755 	    if (STRNICMP(s, "CTRL-\\_", 7) == 0)
6756 	    {
6757 		STRCPY(d, "CTRL-\\\\");
6758 		d += 7;
6759 		s += 6;
6760 	    }
6761 
6762 	    *d++ = *s;
6763 
6764 	    /*
6765 	     * If tag contains "({" or "([", tag terminates at the "(".
6766 	     * This is for help on functions, e.g.: abs({expr}).
6767 	     */
6768 	    if (*s == '(' && (s[1] == '{' || s[1] =='['))
6769 		break;
6770 
6771 	    /*
6772 	     * If tag starts with ', toss everything after a second '. Fixes
6773 	     * CTRL-] on 'option'. (would include the trailing '.').
6774 	     */
6775 	    if (*s == '\'' && s > arg && *arg == '\'')
6776 		break;
6777 	    /* Also '{' and '}'. */
6778 	    if (*s == '}' && s > arg && *arg == '{')
6779 		break;
6780 	  }
6781 	  *d = NUL;
6782 
6783 	  if (*IObuff == '`')
6784 	  {
6785 	      if (d > IObuff + 2 && d[-1] == '`')
6786 	      {
6787 		  /* remove the backticks from `command` */
6788 		  mch_memmove(IObuff, IObuff + 1, STRLEN(IObuff));
6789 		  d[-2] = NUL;
6790 	      }
6791 	      else if (d > IObuff + 3 && d[-2] == '`' && d[-1] == ',')
6792 	      {
6793 		  /* remove the backticks and comma from `command`, */
6794 		  mch_memmove(IObuff, IObuff + 1, STRLEN(IObuff));
6795 		  d[-3] = NUL;
6796 	      }
6797 	      else if (d > IObuff + 4 && d[-3] == '`'
6798 					     && d[-2] == '\\' && d[-1] == '.')
6799 	      {
6800 		  /* remove the backticks and dot from `command`\. */
6801 		  mch_memmove(IObuff, IObuff + 1, STRLEN(IObuff));
6802 		  d[-4] = NUL;
6803 	      }
6804 	  }
6805 	}
6806     }
6807 
6808     *matches = (char_u **)"";
6809     *num_matches = 0;
6810     flags = TAG_HELP | TAG_REGEXP | TAG_NAMES | TAG_VERBOSE | TAG_NO_TAGFUNC;
6811     if (keep_lang)
6812 	flags |= TAG_KEEP_LANG;
6813     if (find_tags(IObuff, num_matches, matches, flags, (int)MAXCOL, NULL) == OK
6814 	    && *num_matches > 0)
6815     {
6816 	/* Sort the matches found on the heuristic number that is after the
6817 	 * tag name. */
6818 	qsort((void *)*matches, (size_t)*num_matches,
6819 					      sizeof(char_u *), help_compare);
6820 	/* Delete more than TAG_MANY to reduce the size of the listing. */
6821 	while (*num_matches > TAG_MANY)
6822 	    vim_free((*matches)[--*num_matches]);
6823     }
6824     return OK;
6825 }
6826 
6827 /*
6828  * Called when starting to edit a buffer for a help file.
6829  */
6830     static void
6831 prepare_help_buffer(void)
6832 {
6833     char_u	*p;
6834 
6835     curbuf->b_help = TRUE;
6836 #ifdef FEAT_QUICKFIX
6837     set_string_option_direct((char_u *)"buftype", -1,
6838 				     (char_u *)"help", OPT_FREE|OPT_LOCAL, 0);
6839 #endif
6840 
6841     /*
6842      * Always set these options after jumping to a help tag, because the
6843      * user may have an autocommand that gets in the way.
6844      * Accept all ASCII chars for keywords, except ' ', '*', '"', '|', and
6845      * latin1 word characters (for translated help files).
6846      * Only set it when needed, buf_init_chartab() is some work.
6847      */
6848     p =
6849 #ifdef EBCDIC
6850 	    (char_u *)"65-255,^*,^|,^\"";
6851 #else
6852 	    (char_u *)"!-~,^*,^|,^\",192-255";
6853 #endif
6854     if (STRCMP(curbuf->b_p_isk, p) != 0)
6855     {
6856 	set_string_option_direct((char_u *)"isk", -1, p, OPT_FREE|OPT_LOCAL, 0);
6857 	check_buf_options(curbuf);
6858 	(void)buf_init_chartab(curbuf, FALSE);
6859     }
6860 
6861 #ifdef FEAT_FOLDING
6862     /* Don't use the global foldmethod.*/
6863     set_string_option_direct((char_u *)"fdm", -1, (char_u *)"manual",
6864 						       OPT_FREE|OPT_LOCAL, 0);
6865 #endif
6866 
6867     curbuf->b_p_ts = 8;		/* 'tabstop' is 8 */
6868     curwin->w_p_list = FALSE;	/* no list mode */
6869 
6870     curbuf->b_p_ma = FALSE;		/* not modifiable */
6871     curbuf->b_p_bin = FALSE;	/* reset 'bin' before reading file */
6872     curwin->w_p_nu = 0;		/* no line numbers */
6873     curwin->w_p_rnu = 0;		/* no relative line numbers */
6874     RESET_BINDING(curwin);		/* no scroll or cursor binding */
6875 #ifdef FEAT_ARABIC
6876     curwin->w_p_arab = FALSE;	/* no arabic mode */
6877 #endif
6878 #ifdef FEAT_RIGHTLEFT
6879     curwin->w_p_rl  = FALSE;	/* help window is left-to-right */
6880 #endif
6881 #ifdef FEAT_FOLDING
6882     curwin->w_p_fen = FALSE;	/* No folding in the help window */
6883 #endif
6884 #ifdef FEAT_DIFF
6885     curwin->w_p_diff = FALSE;	/* No 'diff' */
6886 #endif
6887 #ifdef FEAT_SPELL
6888     curwin->w_p_spell = FALSE;	/* No spell checking */
6889 #endif
6890 
6891     set_buflisted(FALSE);
6892 }
6893 
6894 /*
6895  * After reading a help file: May cleanup a help buffer when syntax
6896  * highlighting is not used.
6897  */
6898     void
6899 fix_help_buffer(void)
6900 {
6901     linenr_T	lnum;
6902     char_u	*line;
6903     int		in_example = FALSE;
6904     int		len;
6905     char_u	*fname;
6906     char_u	*p;
6907     char_u	*rt;
6908     int		mustfree;
6909 
6910     /* Set filetype to "help" if still needed. */
6911     if (STRCMP(curbuf->b_p_ft, "help") != 0)
6912     {
6913 	++curbuf_lock;
6914 	set_option_value((char_u *)"ft", 0L, (char_u *)"help", OPT_LOCAL);
6915 	--curbuf_lock;
6916     }
6917 
6918 #ifdef FEAT_SYN_HL
6919     if (!syntax_present(curwin))
6920 #endif
6921     {
6922 	for (lnum = 1; lnum <= curbuf->b_ml.ml_line_count; ++lnum)
6923 	{
6924 	    line = ml_get_buf(curbuf, lnum, FALSE);
6925 	    len = (int)STRLEN(line);
6926 	    if (in_example && len > 0 && !VIM_ISWHITE(line[0]))
6927 	    {
6928 		/* End of example: non-white or '<' in first column. */
6929 		if (line[0] == '<')
6930 		{
6931 		    /* blank-out a '<' in the first column */
6932 		    line = ml_get_buf(curbuf, lnum, TRUE);
6933 		    line[0] = ' ';
6934 		}
6935 		in_example = FALSE;
6936 	    }
6937 	    if (!in_example && len > 0)
6938 	    {
6939 		if (line[len - 1] == '>' && (len == 1 || line[len - 2] == ' '))
6940 		{
6941 		    /* blank-out a '>' in the last column (start of example) */
6942 		    line = ml_get_buf(curbuf, lnum, TRUE);
6943 		    line[len - 1] = ' ';
6944 		    in_example = TRUE;
6945 		}
6946 		else if (line[len - 1] == '~')
6947 		{
6948 		    /* blank-out a '~' at the end of line (header marker) */
6949 		    line = ml_get_buf(curbuf, lnum, TRUE);
6950 		    line[len - 1] = ' ';
6951 		}
6952 	    }
6953 	}
6954     }
6955 
6956     /*
6957      * In the "help.txt" and "help.abx" file, add the locally added help
6958      * files.  This uses the very first line in the help file.
6959      */
6960     fname = gettail(curbuf->b_fname);
6961     if (fnamecmp(fname, "help.txt") == 0
6962 #ifdef FEAT_MULTI_LANG
6963 	|| (fnamencmp(fname, "help.", 5) == 0
6964 	    && ASCII_ISALPHA(fname[5])
6965 	    && ASCII_ISALPHA(fname[6])
6966 	    && TOLOWER_ASC(fname[7]) == 'x'
6967 	    && fname[8] == NUL)
6968 #endif
6969 	)
6970     {
6971 	for (lnum = 1; lnum < curbuf->b_ml.ml_line_count; ++lnum)
6972 	{
6973 	    line = ml_get_buf(curbuf, lnum, FALSE);
6974 	    if (strstr((char *)line, "*local-additions*") == NULL)
6975 		continue;
6976 
6977 	    /* Go through all directories in 'runtimepath', skipping
6978 	     * $VIMRUNTIME. */
6979 	    p = p_rtp;
6980 	    while (*p != NUL)
6981 	    {
6982 		copy_option_part(&p, NameBuff, MAXPATHL, ",");
6983 		mustfree = FALSE;
6984 		rt = vim_getenv((char_u *)"VIMRUNTIME", &mustfree);
6985 		if (rt != NULL && fullpathcmp(rt, NameBuff, FALSE) != FPC_SAME)
6986 		{
6987 		    int		fcount;
6988 		    char_u	**fnames;
6989 		    FILE	*fd;
6990 		    char_u	*s;
6991 		    int		fi;
6992 		    vimconv_T	vc;
6993 		    char_u	*cp;
6994 
6995 		    /* Find all "doc/ *.txt" files in this directory. */
6996 		    add_pathsep(NameBuff);
6997 #ifdef FEAT_MULTI_LANG
6998 		    STRCAT(NameBuff, "doc/*.??[tx]");
6999 #else
7000 		    STRCAT(NameBuff, "doc/*.txt");
7001 #endif
7002 		    if (gen_expand_wildcards(1, &NameBuff, &fcount,
7003 					 &fnames, EW_FILE|EW_SILENT) == OK
7004 			    && fcount > 0)
7005 		    {
7006 #ifdef FEAT_MULTI_LANG
7007 			int	i1, i2;
7008 			char_u	*f1, *f2;
7009 			char_u	*t1, *t2;
7010 			char_u	*e1, *e2;
7011 
7012 			/* If foo.abx is found use it instead of foo.txt in
7013 			 * the same directory. */
7014 			for (i1 = 0; i1 < fcount; ++i1)
7015 			{
7016 			    for (i2 = 0; i2 < fcount; ++i2)
7017 			    {
7018 				if (i1 == i2)
7019 				    continue;
7020 				if (fnames[i1] == NULL || fnames[i2] == NULL)
7021 				    continue;
7022 				f1 = fnames[i1];
7023 				f2 = fnames[i2];
7024 				t1 = gettail(f1);
7025 				t2 = gettail(f2);
7026 				e1 = vim_strrchr(t1, '.');
7027 				e2 = vim_strrchr(t2, '.');
7028 				if (e1 == NULL || e2 == NULL)
7029 				    continue;
7030 				if (fnamecmp(e1, ".txt") != 0
7031 				    && fnamecmp(e1, fname + 4) != 0)
7032 				{
7033 				    /* Not .txt and not .abx, remove it. */
7034 				    VIM_CLEAR(fnames[i1]);
7035 				    continue;
7036 				}
7037 				if (e1 - f1 != e2 - f2
7038 					    || fnamencmp(f1, f2, e1 - f1) != 0)
7039 				    continue;
7040 				if (fnamecmp(e1, ".txt") == 0
7041 				    && fnamecmp(e2, fname + 4) == 0)
7042 				    /* use .abx instead of .txt */
7043 				    VIM_CLEAR(fnames[i1]);
7044 			    }
7045 			}
7046 #endif
7047 			for (fi = 0; fi < fcount; ++fi)
7048 			{
7049 			    if (fnames[fi] == NULL)
7050 				continue;
7051 			    fd = mch_fopen((char *)fnames[fi], "r");
7052 			    if (fd != NULL)
7053 			    {
7054 				vim_fgets(IObuff, IOSIZE, fd);
7055 				if (IObuff[0] == '*'
7056 					&& (s = vim_strchr(IObuff + 1, '*'))
7057 								  != NULL)
7058 				{
7059 				    int	this_utf = MAYBE;
7060 
7061 				    /* Change tag definition to a
7062 				     * reference and remove <CR>/<NL>. */
7063 				    IObuff[0] = '|';
7064 				    *s = '|';
7065 				    while (*s != NUL)
7066 				    {
7067 					if (*s == '\r' || *s == '\n')
7068 					    *s = NUL;
7069 					/* The text is utf-8 when a byte
7070 					 * above 127 is found and no
7071 					 * illegal byte sequence is found.
7072 					 */
7073 					if (*s >= 0x80 && this_utf != FALSE)
7074 					{
7075 					    int	l;
7076 
7077 					    this_utf = TRUE;
7078 					    l = utf_ptr2len(s);
7079 					    if (l == 1)
7080 						this_utf = FALSE;
7081 					    s += l - 1;
7082 					}
7083 					++s;
7084 				    }
7085 
7086 				    /* The help file is latin1 or utf-8;
7087 				     * conversion to the current
7088 				     * 'encoding' may be required. */
7089 				    vc.vc_type = CONV_NONE;
7090 				    convert_setup(&vc, (char_u *)(
7091 						this_utf == TRUE ? "utf-8"
7092 						      : "latin1"), p_enc);
7093 				    if (vc.vc_type == CONV_NONE)
7094 					/* No conversion needed. */
7095 					cp = IObuff;
7096 				    else
7097 				    {
7098 					/* Do the conversion.  If it fails
7099 					 * use the unconverted text. */
7100 					cp = string_convert(&vc, IObuff,
7101 								    NULL);
7102 					if (cp == NULL)
7103 					    cp = IObuff;
7104 				    }
7105 				    convert_setup(&vc, NULL, NULL);
7106 
7107 				    ml_append(lnum, cp, (colnr_T)0, FALSE);
7108 				    if (cp != IObuff)
7109 					vim_free(cp);
7110 				    ++lnum;
7111 				}
7112 				fclose(fd);
7113 			    }
7114 			}
7115 			FreeWild(fcount, fnames);
7116 		    }
7117 		}
7118 		if (mustfree)
7119 		    vim_free(rt);
7120 	    }
7121 	    break;
7122 	}
7123     }
7124 }
7125 
7126 /*
7127  * ":exusage"
7128  */
7129     void
7130 ex_exusage(exarg_T *eap UNUSED)
7131 {
7132     do_cmdline_cmd((char_u *)"help ex-cmd-index");
7133 }
7134 
7135 /*
7136  * ":viusage"
7137  */
7138     void
7139 ex_viusage(exarg_T *eap UNUSED)
7140 {
7141     do_cmdline_cmd((char_u *)"help normal-index");
7142 }
7143 
7144 /*
7145  * Generate tags in one help directory.
7146  */
7147     static void
7148 helptags_one(
7149     char_u	*dir,		/* doc directory */
7150     char_u	*ext,		/* suffix, ".txt", ".itx", ".frx", etc. */
7151     char_u	*tagfname,	/* "tags" for English, "tags-fr" for French. */
7152     int		add_help_tags)	/* add "help-tags" tag */
7153 {
7154     FILE	*fd_tags;
7155     FILE	*fd;
7156     garray_T	ga;
7157     int		filecount;
7158     char_u	**files;
7159     char_u	*p1, *p2;
7160     int		fi;
7161     char_u	*s;
7162     int		i;
7163     char_u	*fname;
7164     int		dirlen;
7165     int		utf8 = MAYBE;
7166     int		this_utf8;
7167     int		firstline;
7168     int		mix = FALSE;	/* detected mixed encodings */
7169 
7170     /*
7171      * Find all *.txt files.
7172      */
7173     dirlen = (int)STRLEN(dir);
7174     STRCPY(NameBuff, dir);
7175     STRCAT(NameBuff, "/**/*");
7176     STRCAT(NameBuff, ext);
7177     if (gen_expand_wildcards(1, &NameBuff, &filecount, &files,
7178 						    EW_FILE|EW_SILENT) == FAIL
7179 	    || filecount == 0)
7180     {
7181 	if (!got_int)
7182 	    semsg(_("E151: No match: %s"), NameBuff);
7183 	return;
7184     }
7185 
7186     /*
7187      * Open the tags file for writing.
7188      * Do this before scanning through all the files.
7189      */
7190     STRCPY(NameBuff, dir);
7191     add_pathsep(NameBuff);
7192     STRCAT(NameBuff, tagfname);
7193     fd_tags = mch_fopen((char *)NameBuff, "w");
7194     if (fd_tags == NULL)
7195     {
7196 	semsg(_("E152: Cannot open %s for writing"), NameBuff);
7197 	FreeWild(filecount, files);
7198 	return;
7199     }
7200 
7201     /*
7202      * If using the "++t" argument or generating tags for "$VIMRUNTIME/doc"
7203      * add the "help-tags" tag.
7204      */
7205     ga_init2(&ga, (int)sizeof(char_u *), 100);
7206     if (add_help_tags || fullpathcmp((char_u *)"$VIMRUNTIME/doc",
7207 						      dir, FALSE) == FPC_SAME)
7208     {
7209 	if (ga_grow(&ga, 1) == FAIL)
7210 	    got_int = TRUE;
7211 	else
7212 	{
7213 	    s = alloc(18 + (unsigned)STRLEN(tagfname));
7214 	    if (s == NULL)
7215 		got_int = TRUE;
7216 	    else
7217 	    {
7218 		sprintf((char *)s, "help-tags\t%s\t1\n", tagfname);
7219 		((char_u **)ga.ga_data)[ga.ga_len] = s;
7220 		++ga.ga_len;
7221 	    }
7222 	}
7223     }
7224 
7225     /*
7226      * Go over all the files and extract the tags.
7227      */
7228     for (fi = 0; fi < filecount && !got_int; ++fi)
7229     {
7230 	fd = mch_fopen((char *)files[fi], "r");
7231 	if (fd == NULL)
7232 	{
7233 	    semsg(_("E153: Unable to open %s for reading"), files[fi]);
7234 	    continue;
7235 	}
7236 	fname = files[fi] + dirlen + 1;
7237 
7238 	firstline = TRUE;
7239 	while (!vim_fgets(IObuff, IOSIZE, fd) && !got_int)
7240 	{
7241 	    if (firstline)
7242 	    {
7243 		/* Detect utf-8 file by a non-ASCII char in the first line. */
7244 		this_utf8 = MAYBE;
7245 		for (s = IObuff; *s != NUL; ++s)
7246 		    if (*s >= 0x80)
7247 		    {
7248 			int l;
7249 
7250 			this_utf8 = TRUE;
7251 			l = utf_ptr2len(s);
7252 			if (l == 1)
7253 			{
7254 			    /* Illegal UTF-8 byte sequence. */
7255 			    this_utf8 = FALSE;
7256 			    break;
7257 			}
7258 			s += l - 1;
7259 		    }
7260 		if (this_utf8 == MAYBE)	    /* only ASCII characters found */
7261 		    this_utf8 = FALSE;
7262 		if (utf8 == MAYBE)	    /* first file */
7263 		    utf8 = this_utf8;
7264 		else if (utf8 != this_utf8)
7265 		{
7266 		    semsg(_("E670: Mix of help file encodings within a language: %s"), files[fi]);
7267 		    mix = !got_int;
7268 		    got_int = TRUE;
7269 		}
7270 		firstline = FALSE;
7271 	    }
7272 	    p1 = vim_strchr(IObuff, '*');	/* find first '*' */
7273 	    while (p1 != NULL)
7274 	    {
7275 		/* Use vim_strbyte() instead of vim_strchr() so that when
7276 		 * 'encoding' is dbcs it still works, don't find '*' in the
7277 		 * second byte. */
7278 		p2 = vim_strbyte(p1 + 1, '*');	/* find second '*' */
7279 		if (p2 != NULL && p2 > p1 + 1)	/* skip "*" and "**" */
7280 		{
7281 		    for (s = p1 + 1; s < p2; ++s)
7282 			if (*s == ' ' || *s == '\t' || *s == '|')
7283 			    break;
7284 
7285 		    /*
7286 		     * Only accept a *tag* when it consists of valid
7287 		     * characters, there is white space before it and is
7288 		     * followed by a white character or end-of-line.
7289 		     */
7290 		    if (s == p2
7291 			    && (p1 == IObuff || p1[-1] == ' ' || p1[-1] == '\t')
7292 			    && (vim_strchr((char_u *)" \t\n\r", s[1]) != NULL
7293 				|| s[1] == '\0'))
7294 		    {
7295 			*p2 = '\0';
7296 			++p1;
7297 			if (ga_grow(&ga, 1) == FAIL)
7298 			{
7299 			    got_int = TRUE;
7300 			    break;
7301 			}
7302 			s = alloc((unsigned)(p2 - p1 + STRLEN(fname) + 2));
7303 			if (s == NULL)
7304 			{
7305 			    got_int = TRUE;
7306 			    break;
7307 			}
7308 			((char_u **)ga.ga_data)[ga.ga_len] = s;
7309 			++ga.ga_len;
7310 			sprintf((char *)s, "%s\t%s", p1, fname);
7311 
7312 			/* find next '*' */
7313 			p2 = vim_strchr(p2 + 1, '*');
7314 		    }
7315 		}
7316 		p1 = p2;
7317 	    }
7318 	    line_breakcheck();
7319 	}
7320 
7321 	fclose(fd);
7322     }
7323 
7324     FreeWild(filecount, files);
7325 
7326     if (!got_int)
7327     {
7328 	/*
7329 	 * Sort the tags.
7330 	 */
7331 	if (ga.ga_data != NULL)
7332 	    sort_strings((char_u **)ga.ga_data, ga.ga_len);
7333 
7334 	/*
7335 	 * Check for duplicates.
7336 	 */
7337 	for (i = 1; i < ga.ga_len; ++i)
7338 	{
7339 	    p1 = ((char_u **)ga.ga_data)[i - 1];
7340 	    p2 = ((char_u **)ga.ga_data)[i];
7341 	    while (*p1 == *p2)
7342 	    {
7343 		if (*p2 == '\t')
7344 		{
7345 		    *p2 = NUL;
7346 		    vim_snprintf((char *)NameBuff, MAXPATHL,
7347 			    _("E154: Duplicate tag \"%s\" in file %s/%s"),
7348 				     ((char_u **)ga.ga_data)[i], dir, p2 + 1);
7349 		    emsg((char *)NameBuff);
7350 		    *p2 = '\t';
7351 		    break;
7352 		}
7353 		++p1;
7354 		++p2;
7355 	    }
7356 	}
7357 
7358 	if (utf8 == TRUE)
7359 	    fprintf(fd_tags, "!_TAG_FILE_ENCODING\tutf-8\t//\n");
7360 
7361 	/*
7362 	 * Write the tags into the file.
7363 	 */
7364 	for (i = 0; i < ga.ga_len; ++i)
7365 	{
7366 	    s = ((char_u **)ga.ga_data)[i];
7367 	    if (STRNCMP(s, "help-tags\t", 10) == 0)
7368 		/* help-tags entry was added in formatted form */
7369 		fputs((char *)s, fd_tags);
7370 	    else
7371 	    {
7372 		fprintf(fd_tags, "%s\t/*", s);
7373 		for (p1 = s; *p1 != '\t'; ++p1)
7374 		{
7375 		    /* insert backslash before '\\' and '/' */
7376 		    if (*p1 == '\\' || *p1 == '/')
7377 			putc('\\', fd_tags);
7378 		    putc(*p1, fd_tags);
7379 		}
7380 		fprintf(fd_tags, "*\n");
7381 	    }
7382 	}
7383     }
7384     if (mix)
7385 	got_int = FALSE;    /* continue with other languages */
7386 
7387     for (i = 0; i < ga.ga_len; ++i)
7388 	vim_free(((char_u **)ga.ga_data)[i]);
7389     ga_clear(&ga);
7390     fclose(fd_tags);	    /* there is no check for an error... */
7391 }
7392 
7393 /*
7394  * Generate tags in one help directory, taking care of translations.
7395  */
7396     static void
7397 do_helptags(char_u *dirname, int add_help_tags)
7398 {
7399 #ifdef FEAT_MULTI_LANG
7400     int		len;
7401     int		i, j;
7402     garray_T	ga;
7403     char_u	lang[2];
7404     char_u	ext[5];
7405     char_u	fname[8];
7406     int		filecount;
7407     char_u	**files;
7408 
7409     /* Get a list of all files in the help directory and in subdirectories. */
7410     STRCPY(NameBuff, dirname);
7411     add_pathsep(NameBuff);
7412     STRCAT(NameBuff, "**");
7413     if (gen_expand_wildcards(1, &NameBuff, &filecount, &files,
7414 						    EW_FILE|EW_SILENT) == FAIL
7415 	    || filecount == 0)
7416     {
7417 	semsg(_("E151: No match: %s"), NameBuff);
7418 	return;
7419     }
7420 
7421     /* Go over all files in the directory to find out what languages are
7422      * present. */
7423     ga_init2(&ga, 1, 10);
7424     for (i = 0; i < filecount; ++i)
7425     {
7426 	len = (int)STRLEN(files[i]);
7427 	if (len > 4)
7428 	{
7429 	    if (STRICMP(files[i] + len - 4, ".txt") == 0)
7430 	    {
7431 		/* ".txt" -> language "en" */
7432 		lang[0] = 'e';
7433 		lang[1] = 'n';
7434 	    }
7435 	    else if (files[i][len - 4] == '.'
7436 		    && ASCII_ISALPHA(files[i][len - 3])
7437 		    && ASCII_ISALPHA(files[i][len - 2])
7438 		    && TOLOWER_ASC(files[i][len - 1]) == 'x')
7439 	    {
7440 		/* ".abx" -> language "ab" */
7441 		lang[0] = TOLOWER_ASC(files[i][len - 3]);
7442 		lang[1] = TOLOWER_ASC(files[i][len - 2]);
7443 	    }
7444 	    else
7445 		continue;
7446 
7447 	    /* Did we find this language already? */
7448 	    for (j = 0; j < ga.ga_len; j += 2)
7449 		if (STRNCMP(lang, ((char_u *)ga.ga_data) + j, 2) == 0)
7450 		    break;
7451 	    if (j == ga.ga_len)
7452 	    {
7453 		/* New language, add it. */
7454 		if (ga_grow(&ga, 2) == FAIL)
7455 		    break;
7456 		((char_u *)ga.ga_data)[ga.ga_len++] = lang[0];
7457 		((char_u *)ga.ga_data)[ga.ga_len++] = lang[1];
7458 	    }
7459 	}
7460     }
7461 
7462     /*
7463      * Loop over the found languages to generate a tags file for each one.
7464      */
7465     for (j = 0; j < ga.ga_len; j += 2)
7466     {
7467 	STRCPY(fname, "tags-xx");
7468 	fname[5] = ((char_u *)ga.ga_data)[j];
7469 	fname[6] = ((char_u *)ga.ga_data)[j + 1];
7470 	if (fname[5] == 'e' && fname[6] == 'n')
7471 	{
7472 	    /* English is an exception: use ".txt" and "tags". */
7473 	    fname[4] = NUL;
7474 	    STRCPY(ext, ".txt");
7475 	}
7476 	else
7477 	{
7478 	    /* Language "ab" uses ".abx" and "tags-ab". */
7479 	    STRCPY(ext, ".xxx");
7480 	    ext[1] = fname[5];
7481 	    ext[2] = fname[6];
7482 	}
7483 	helptags_one(dirname, ext, fname, add_help_tags);
7484     }
7485 
7486     ga_clear(&ga);
7487     FreeWild(filecount, files);
7488 
7489 #else
7490     /* No language support, just use "*.txt" and "tags". */
7491     helptags_one(dirname, (char_u *)".txt", (char_u *)"tags", add_help_tags);
7492 #endif
7493 }
7494 
7495     static void
7496 helptags_cb(char_u *fname, void *cookie)
7497 {
7498     do_helptags(fname, *(int *)cookie);
7499 }
7500 
7501 /*
7502  * ":helptags"
7503  */
7504     void
7505 ex_helptags(exarg_T *eap)
7506 {
7507     expand_T	xpc;
7508     char_u	*dirname;
7509     int		add_help_tags = FALSE;
7510 
7511     /* Check for ":helptags ++t {dir}". */
7512     if (STRNCMP(eap->arg, "++t", 3) == 0 && VIM_ISWHITE(eap->arg[3]))
7513     {
7514 	add_help_tags = TRUE;
7515 	eap->arg = skipwhite(eap->arg + 3);
7516     }
7517 
7518     if (STRCMP(eap->arg, "ALL") == 0)
7519     {
7520 	do_in_path(p_rtp, (char_u *)"doc", DIP_ALL + DIP_DIR,
7521 						 helptags_cb, &add_help_tags);
7522     }
7523     else
7524     {
7525 	ExpandInit(&xpc);
7526 	xpc.xp_context = EXPAND_DIRECTORIES;
7527 	dirname = ExpandOne(&xpc, eap->arg, NULL,
7528 			    WILD_LIST_NOTFOUND|WILD_SILENT, WILD_EXPAND_FREE);
7529 	if (dirname == NULL || !mch_isdir(dirname))
7530 	    semsg(_("E150: Not a directory: %s"), eap->arg);
7531 	else
7532 	    do_helptags(dirname, add_help_tags);
7533 	vim_free(dirname);
7534     }
7535 }
7536 
7537 /*
7538  * Make the user happy.
7539  */
7540     void
7541 ex_smile(exarg_T *eap UNUSED)
7542 {
7543     static char *code[] = {
7544 	"\34 \4o\14$\4ox\30 \2o\30$\1ox\25 \2o\36$\1o\11 \1o\1$\3 \2$\1 \1o\1$x\5 \1o\1 \1$\1 \2o\10 \1o\44$\1o\7 \2$\1 \2$\1 \2$\1o\1$x\2 \2o\1 \1$\1 \1$\1 \1\"\1$\6 \1o\11$\4 \15$\4 \11$\1o\7 \3$\1o\2$\1o\1$x\2 \1\"\6$\1o\1$\5 \1o\11$\6 \13$\6 \12$\1o\4 \10$x\4 \7$\4 \13$\6 \13$\6 \27$x\4 \27$\4 \15$\4 \16$\2 \3\"\3$x\5 \1\"\3$\4\"\61$\5 \1\"\3$x\6 \3$\3 \1o\62$\5 \1\"\3$\1ox\5 \1o\2$\1\"\3 \63$\7 \3$\1ox\5 \3$\4 \55$\1\"\1 \1\"\6$",
7545 	"\5o\4$\1ox\4 \1o\3$\4o\5$\2 \45$\3 \1o\21$x\4 \10$\1\"\4$\3 \42$\5 \4$\10\"x\3 \4\"\7 \4$\4 \1\"\34$\1\"\6 \1o\3$x\16 \1\"\3$\1o\5 \3\"\22$\1\"\2$\1\"\11 \3$x\20 \3$\1o\12 \1\"\2$\2\"\6$\4\"\13 \1o\3$x\21 \4$\1o\40 \1o\3$\1\"x\22 \1\"\4$\1o\6 \1o\6$\1o\1\"\4$\1o\10 \1o\4$x\24 \1\"\5$\2o\5 \2\"\4$\1o\5$\1o\3 \1o\4$\2\"x\27 \2\"\5$\4o\2 \1\"\3$\1o\11$\3\"x\32 \2\"\7$\2o\1 \12$x\42 \4\"\13$x\46 \14$x\47 \12$\1\"x\50 \1\"\3$\4\"x"
7546     };
7547     char *p;
7548     int n;
7549     int i;
7550 
7551     msg_start();
7552     msg_putchar('\n');
7553     for (i = 0; i < 2; ++i)
7554 	for (p = code[i]; *p != NUL; ++p)
7555 	    if (*p == 'x')
7556 		msg_putchar('\n');
7557 	    else
7558 		for (n = *p++; n > 0; --n)
7559 		    if (*p == 'o' || *p == '$')
7560 			msg_putchar_attr(*p, HL_ATTR(HLF_L));
7561 		    else
7562 			msg_putchar(*p);
7563     msg_clr_eos();
7564 }
7565 
7566 /*
7567  * ":drop"
7568  * Opens the first argument in a window.  When there are two or more arguments
7569  * the argument list is redefined.
7570  */
7571     void
7572 ex_drop(exarg_T *eap)
7573 {
7574     int		split = FALSE;
7575     win_T	*wp;
7576     buf_T	*buf;
7577     tabpage_T	*tp;
7578 
7579     /*
7580      * Check if the first argument is already being edited in a window.  If
7581      * so, jump to that window.
7582      * We would actually need to check all arguments, but that's complicated
7583      * and mostly only one file is dropped.
7584      * This also ignores wildcards, since it is very unlikely the user is
7585      * editing a file name with a wildcard character.
7586      */
7587     set_arglist(eap->arg);
7588 
7589     /*
7590      * Expanding wildcards may result in an empty argument list.  E.g. when
7591      * editing "foo.pyc" and ".pyc" is in 'wildignore'.  Assume that we
7592      * already did an error message for this.
7593      */
7594     if (ARGCOUNT == 0)
7595 	return;
7596 
7597     if (cmdmod.tab)
7598     {
7599 	/* ":tab drop file ...": open a tab for each argument that isn't
7600 	 * edited in a window yet.  It's like ":tab all" but without closing
7601 	 * windows or tabs. */
7602 	ex_all(eap);
7603     }
7604     else
7605     {
7606 	/* ":drop file ...": Edit the first argument.  Jump to an existing
7607 	 * window if possible, edit in current window if the current buffer
7608 	 * can be abandoned, otherwise open a new window. */
7609 	buf = buflist_findnr(ARGLIST[0].ae_fnum);
7610 
7611 	FOR_ALL_TAB_WINDOWS(tp, wp)
7612 	{
7613 	    if (wp->w_buffer == buf)
7614 	    {
7615 		goto_tabpage_win(tp, wp);
7616 		curwin->w_arg_idx = 0;
7617 		return;
7618 	    }
7619 	}
7620 
7621 	/*
7622 	 * Check whether the current buffer is changed. If so, we will need
7623 	 * to split the current window or data could be lost.
7624 	 * Skip the check if the 'hidden' option is set, as in this case the
7625 	 * buffer won't be lost.
7626 	 */
7627 	if (!buf_hide(curbuf))
7628 	{
7629 	    ++emsg_off;
7630 	    split = check_changed(curbuf, CCGD_AW | CCGD_EXCMD);
7631 	    --emsg_off;
7632 	}
7633 
7634 	/* Fake a ":sfirst" or ":first" command edit the first argument. */
7635 	if (split)
7636 	{
7637 	    eap->cmdidx = CMD_sfirst;
7638 	    eap->cmd[0] = 's';
7639 	}
7640 	else
7641 	    eap->cmdidx = CMD_first;
7642 	ex_rewind(eap);
7643     }
7644 }
7645 
7646 /*
7647  * Skip over the pattern argument of ":vimgrep /pat/[g][j]".
7648  * Put the start of the pattern in "*s", unless "s" is NULL.
7649  * If "flags" is not NULL put the flags in it: VGR_GLOBAL, VGR_NOJUMP.
7650  * If "s" is not NULL terminate the pattern with a NUL.
7651  * Return a pointer to the char just past the pattern plus flags.
7652  */
7653     char_u *
7654 skip_vimgrep_pat(char_u *p, char_u **s, int *flags)
7655 {
7656     int		c;
7657 
7658     if (vim_isIDc(*p))
7659     {
7660 	/* ":vimgrep pattern fname" */
7661 	if (s != NULL)
7662 	    *s = p;
7663 	p = skiptowhite(p);
7664 	if (s != NULL && *p != NUL)
7665 	    *p++ = NUL;
7666     }
7667     else
7668     {
7669 	/* ":vimgrep /pattern/[g][j] fname" */
7670 	if (s != NULL)
7671 	    *s = p + 1;
7672 	c = *p;
7673 	p = skip_regexp(p + 1, c, TRUE, NULL);
7674 	if (*p != c)
7675 	    return NULL;
7676 
7677 	/* Truncate the pattern. */
7678 	if (s != NULL)
7679 	    *p = NUL;
7680 	++p;
7681 
7682 	/* Find the flags */
7683 	while (*p == 'g' || *p == 'j')
7684 	{
7685 	    if (flags != NULL)
7686 	    {
7687 		if (*p == 'g')
7688 		    *flags |= VGR_GLOBAL;
7689 		else
7690 		    *flags |= VGR_NOJUMP;
7691 	    }
7692 	    ++p;
7693 	}
7694     }
7695     return p;
7696 }
7697 
7698 #if defined(FEAT_EVAL) || defined(PROTO)
7699 /*
7700  * List v:oldfiles in a nice way.
7701  */
7702     void
7703 ex_oldfiles(exarg_T *eap UNUSED)
7704 {
7705     list_T	*l = get_vim_var_list(VV_OLDFILES);
7706     listitem_T	*li;
7707     int		nr = 0;
7708     char_u	*fname;
7709 
7710     if (l == NULL)
7711 	msg(_("No old files"));
7712     else
7713     {
7714 	msg_start();
7715 	msg_scroll = TRUE;
7716 	for (li = l->lv_first; li != NULL && !got_int; li = li->li_next)
7717 	{
7718 	    ++nr;
7719 	    fname = tv_get_string(&li->li_tv);
7720 	    if (!message_filtered(fname))
7721 	    {
7722 		msg_outnum((long)nr);
7723 		msg_puts(": ");
7724 		msg_outtrans(fname);
7725 		msg_clr_eos();
7726 		msg_putchar('\n');
7727 		out_flush();	    /* output one line at a time */
7728 		ui_breakcheck();
7729 	    }
7730 	}
7731 
7732 	/* Assume "got_int" was set to truncate the listing. */
7733 	got_int = FALSE;
7734 
7735 # ifdef FEAT_BROWSE_CMD
7736 	if (cmdmod.browse)
7737 	{
7738 	    quit_more = FALSE;
7739 	    nr = prompt_for_number(FALSE);
7740 	    msg_starthere();
7741 	    if (nr > 0)
7742 	    {
7743 		char_u *p = list_find_str(get_vim_var_list(VV_OLDFILES),
7744 								    (long)nr);
7745 
7746 		if (p != NULL)
7747 		{
7748 		    p = expand_env_save(p);
7749 		    eap->arg = p;
7750 		    eap->cmdidx = CMD_edit;
7751 		    cmdmod.browse = FALSE;
7752 		    do_exedit(eap, NULL);
7753 		    vim_free(p);
7754 		}
7755 	    }
7756 	}
7757 # endif
7758     }
7759 }
7760 #endif
7761